You are on page 1of 576

Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.


As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehi-
cles with exceptional value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you
with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owners Manual was accurate at the


time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can
be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-
tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a
result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not applica-
ble to your specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!


Foreword

Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual
When you require service, remember that your Kia dealer were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to
knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech- discontinue or change specifications or design at any time
nicians, recommended special tools and genuine Kia replace- without notice and without incurring any obligation. If you
ment parts. It is dedicated to your complete customer satisfac- have questions, always check with your Kia dealer.
tion. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring
Because subsequent owners require this important information pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is
sold.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-
nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-
plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual
that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle.
We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the 2016 Kia Canada Inc.
recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or
of your new vehicle. mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features information storage and retrieval system or translation in
for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment whole or part is not permitted without written authorization
described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, from Kia Canada Inc..
may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. Printed in U.S.A

i
Introduction 1

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4

table of contents Driving your vehicle 5

What to do in an emergency 6

Maintenance 7

Specifications & Consumer information 8

Index I

ii
Introduction

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1


Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Operation in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle handling instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders. . 1-6
Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS


We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, Your new vehicle is designed to use
possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this only unleaded fuel having a pump
vehicle. Your Owners Manual can manual. These WARNINGs were pre- octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
assist you in many ways. We strong- pared to enhance your personal safe- (Research Octane Number 91) or
ly recommend that you read the ty.You should carefully read and follow higher. (Do not use methanol blend-
entire manual. In order to minimize ALL procedures and recommenda- ed fuels.)
the chance of death or injury, you tions provided in these WARNINGs,
must read the WARNING and CAU- CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.
TION sections in the manual. Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
Illustrations complement the words WARNING UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
in this manual to best explain how to mize exhaust emissions and spark
A WARNING indicates a situa-
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your plug fouling.
tion in which harm, serious bod-
manual, you will learn about fea-
ily injury or death could result if Never add any fuel system cleaning
tures, important safety information,
the warning is ignored. agents to the fuel tank other than
and driving tips under various road
conditions. what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized Kia dealer for details.)
The general layout of the manual is CAUTION
provided in the Table of Contents. Tighten the cap until it clicks one
Use the index when looking for a A CAUTION indicates a situation time, otherwise the Check Engine
specific area or subject; it has an in which damage to your vehicle light will illuminate.
alphabetical listing of all information could result if the caution is
in your manual. ignored.
Sections: This manual has eight sec-
tions plus an index. Each section NOTICE
begins with a brief list of contents so A NOTICE indicates interesting or
you can tell at a glance if that section helpful information is being provided.
has the information you want.

1 2
Introduction

Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol "E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-


WARNING - Refueling may be used in your vehicle. prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more percent gasoline, and is manufac-
zle automatically shuts off. than 15 percent ethanol, and do not tured exclusively for use in Flexible
Attempts to force more fuel use gasoline or gasohol containing Fuel Vehicles. E85 is not compati-
into the tank can cause fuel any methanol. Ethanol provides less ble with your vehicle. Use of E85
overflow onto you and the energy than gasoline and it attracts may result in poor engine perform-
ground causing a risk of fire. water, and it is thus likely to reduce ance and damage to your vehicle's
your fuel efficiency and could lower engine and fuel system. Kia recom-
Always check that the fuel cap
your MPG results. mends that customers do not use
is installed securely to pre-
fuel with an ethanol content exceed-
vent fuel spillage, especially Methanol may cause drivability prob- ing 15 percent.
in the event of an accident. lems and damage to the fuel system,
engine control system and emission
control system. NOTICE
Gasoline containing alcohol and Discontinue using gasohol of any Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
methanol kind if drivability problems occur. does not cover damage to the fuel sys-
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Vehicle damage or drivability prob- tem or any performance problems
ethanol (also known as grain alco- lems may not be covered by the caused by the use of E85 fuel.
hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- manufacturers warranty if they result
taining methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
from the use of: NOTICE
1. Gasoline or gasohol containing Never use any fuel containing
along with or instead of leaded or methanol.
unleaded gasoline. methanol. Discontinue use of any
2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. methanol containing product which
3. Gasohol containing more than 15 may inhibit proper drivability.
percent ethanol

1 3
Introduction

Other fuels Gasoline containing MMT Fuel Additives


Using fuels that contain Silicone (Si), Some gasoline contains harmful man- Kia recommends that you use good
MMT (Manganese, Mn), Ferrocene ganese-based fuel additives Such as quality gasolines treated with deter-
(Fe), and Other metalic additives, MMT(Methylcyclopentadienyl gent additives such as TOP TIER
may cause vehicle and engine dam- Manganese Tricarbonyl). Kia does not Detergent Gasoline, which help pre-
age or cause misfiring, poor acceler- recommend the use of gasoline con- vent deposit formation in the engine.
ation, engine stalling, catalyst melt- taining MMT. This type of fuel can These gasolines will help the engine
ing, clogging, abnormal corrosion, reduce vehicle performance and affect run cleaner and enhance performance
life cycle reduction, etc. your emission control system. The of the Emission Control System. For
Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the more information on TOP TIER
(MIL) may illuminate. cluster may come on. Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com)
Do not use methanol For customers who do not use TOP
NOTICE TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly,
Fuels containing methanol (wood alco- and have problems starting or the
Damage to the fuel system or per-
hol) should not be used in your vehicle. engine does not run smoothly, addi-
formance problem caused by the use
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle tives that you can buy separately may
of these fuels may not be covered by
performance and damage components be added to the gasoline.
your New Vehicle Limited
of the fuel system, engine control sys-
Warranty. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
tem and emission control system.
available, one bottle of additive should
be added to the fuel tank at every
12,000 km (7,500 miles) or every
engine oil change is recommended.
Additives are available from your
authorized Kia dealer along with infor-
mation on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.

1 4
Introduction

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN


Operation in foreign countries INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS
If you are going to drive your vehicle As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is need-
in another country, be sure to: failure to operate this vehicle correct- ed. By following a few simple precau-
Observe all regulations regarding ly may result in loss of control, an tions for the first 1,000 km (600
registration and insurance. accident or vehicle rollover. miles) you may add to the perform-
Specific design characteristics (high- ance, economy and life of your vehi-
Determine that acceptable fuel is cle.
available. er ground clearance, track, etc.) give
this vehicle a higher center of gravity Do not race the engine.
than other types of vehicles. In other While driving, keep your engine
words they are not designed for cor- speed (rpm, or revolutions per
nering at the same speeds as con- minute) between 2,000 rpm and
ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. 4,000 rpm.
Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu- Do not maintain a single speed for
vers. Again, failure to operate this long periods of time, either fast or
vehicle correctly may result in loss of slow. Varying engine speed is
control, an accident or vehicle needed to properly break-in the
rollover. Be sure to read the engine.
Reducing the risk of a rollover
driving guidelines, in section 5 of Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
this manual. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
Don't tow a trailer during the first
2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera-
tion.

1 5
Introduction

VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS


This vehicle is equipped with an These data can help provide a bet- To read data recorded by an EDR,
event data recorder (EDR). The ter understanding of the circum- special equipment is required, and
main purpose of an EDR is to stances in which crashes and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
record, in certain crash or near injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data needed. In addition to the vehicle
crash-like situations, such as an are recorded by your vehicle only manufacturer, other parties, such
air bag deployment or hitting a if a non-trivial crash situation as law enforcement, that have the
road obstacle, data that will assist occurs; no data are recorded by special equipment, can read the
in understanding how a vehicle's the EDR under normal driving information if they have access to
systems performed. The EDR is conditions and no personal data the vehicle or the EDR.
designed to record data related to (e.g., name, gender, age, and
vehicle dynamics and safety sys- crash location) are recorded.
tems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as
typically 30 seconds or less. The law enforcement, could combine
EDR in this vehicle is designed to the EDR data with the type of per-
record such data as: sonally identifying data routinely
How various systems in your acquired during a crash investiga-
vehicle were operating; tion.
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
How fast the vehicle was travel-
ing.

1 6
Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2


Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2
Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
Front view

1. Hood......................................................4-43
2. Head lamp..................................4-116, 7-83
3. Fog lamp ....................................4-119, 7-83
4. Wheel and tire................................7-52, 8-4
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-69
6. Panoramic sunroof ................................4-49
7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-123, 7-47
8. Windows ................................................4-39

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OUMA014001

2 2
Your vehicle at a glance

Rear view

9. Door locks .............................................4-22


10. Fuel filler lid .........................................4-45
11. Rear combination lamp .......................7-88
12. High mounted stop lamp .....................7-90
13. Rear window wiper blade.........4-121, 7-47
14. Liftgate.................................................4-28
15. Rearview camera ..............................4-113
16. Parking assist system .......................4-109

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OUMA014002

2 3
Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Inside door handle ...................................4-23


2. Power window switch...............................4-40
3. Central door lock switch ..........................4-24
4. Power window lock button .......................4-42
5. Outside rearview mirror control ...............4-70
6. Outside rearview mirror folding ...............4-72
7. Fuel filler lid open button .........................4-45
8. Power liftgate open/close button ................4-28
9. Instrument panel illumination control ......4-74
10. BSD On/Off button.................................5-85
11. LDWS On/Off button..............................5-92
12. AC inverter button................................4-165
13. ESC off button .......................................5-42
14. Steering wheel.......................................4-55
15. Tilt and telescopic steering
control lever ...........................................4-56
16. Inner fuse panel.....................................7-67
17. Brake pedal............................................5-27
18. Hood release lever.................................4-43
19. Seat..........................................................3-2

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.


OUMA014003

2 4
Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW


1. Drivers front air bag ............................3-57
2. Horn.....................................................4-58
3. Instrument cluster................................4-73
4. Wiper and washer control lever .........4-121
5. Ignition switch or
Engine start/stop button .................5-6, 5-9
6. Cruise control / Advanced smart
cruise control..............................5-62, 5-66
7. Hazard warning flasher .........................6-2
8. Climate control system...........4-130, 4-141
9. Shift lever.............................................5-13
10. Front seat warmer /
Seat cooler ...........................4-163, 4-164
11. Heated steering wheel button ...........4-57
12. Drive mode button .............................5-81
13. AWD Lock button...............................5-20
14. 360 camera monitoring system
On/Off button ...................................4-114
15. Rear parking assist system
On/Off button ...................................4-109
16. Electronic parking brake
(EPB) button ......................................5-30
17. AUTO HOLD button...........................5-37
18. USB charger....................................4-167
19. Power outlet.....................................4-164
20. AC inverter ......................................4-165
21. Glove box ........................................4-159
22. Passengers front air bag ..................3-57
The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 23. Center console storage box ............4-159
OUMA014004

2 5
Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-36


2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-35
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-39
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-42
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-69
6. Negative battery terminal..................7-49
7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-49
8. Radiator cap .....................................7-38
9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-34
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-40

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUM074100L

2 6
Your vehicle at a glance

Gasoline Engine (THETA 2.0L) T-GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-36


2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-35
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-39
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-42
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-69
6. Negative battery terminal..................7-49
7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-49
8. Radiator cap .....................................7-38
9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-34
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-40

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUM074115L

2 7
Your vehicle at a glance

Gasoline Engine (Lambda 3.3L) - GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-36


2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-35
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-39
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-42
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-69
6. Negative battery terminal..................7-49
7. Positive battery terminal ...................7-49
8. Radiator cap .....................................7-38
9. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-34
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-40

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OUMA074001

2 8
Safety features of your vehicle

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Air bag


Front seat adjustment - manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 - advanced supplemental restraint system. . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Front seat adjustment - power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Driver position memory system (for power seat). . . . 3-9 Do not install a child restraint on the front
Headrest (for front seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 passengers seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 SRS components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Headrest (for rear seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 Occupant Detection System (ODS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-61
Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 Inflation and non-inflation conditions
Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35 of the air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 SRS Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
Child restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37 Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Tether anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Lower anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42
Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS
Front seat
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Lumbar support (Drivers seat)*
(5) Cushion extension (Driver's seat)*
Manual seat (6) Driver position memory system
(7) Headrest

2nd row seat


(8) Forward and backward
Power seat (9) Seatback angle and folding
(10) Walk-in seat lever*
(11) Headrest
(12) Armrest
(13) Remote folding*

3rd row seat*


(14) Seatback folding
(15) Headrest

* : if equipped

OUMA034001

3 2
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver respon- WARNING - Seat cushion


objects sibility for passengers Occupants should never sit on
Do not place anything in the dri- aftermarket seat cushions or sit-
ver's foot well or under the front ting cushions.
seats. Loose objects in the dri- The passenger's hips may slide
ver's foot area could interfere under the lap portion of the seat
with the operation of the foot belt during an accident or a
pedals. sudden stop.

WARNING - Uprighting
seat
1KMN3662
Do not press the release lever
on a manual seatback without The driver must advise the pas-
holding and controlling the senger to keep the seatback in
seatback. The seatback will an upright position whenever
spring upright possibly impact- the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
ing you or other passengers. is reclined during an accident,
the occupant's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt, applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen.

3 3
Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Drivers seat WARNING - Rear seatbacks WARNING - Cargo Area


Never attempt to adjust the Always lock the rear seatback Do not allow passengers to ride
seat while the vehicle is mov- before driving. Failure to do so in the cargo area under any cir-
ing. This could result in loss could result in passengers or cumstance. The cargo area is
of control of your vehicle. objects being thrown forward solely for the purpose of trans-
Do not allow anything to inter- injuring vehicle occupants. porting luggage or cargo.
fere with the normal position of
the seatback and seatback
adjustment.
WARNING - Luggage and WARNING - Unexpected
Sit as far back as possible from Cargo Seat Movement
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable con- Do not stack pile or stack lug- After adjusting a manual seat,
trol of the your vehicle. A dis- gage or cargo higher than the always check that it is locked by
tance of at least 10" from your seatback in the cargo area. In an shifting your weight to the front
chest to the steering wheel is accident the cargo could strike and back. Sudden or unexpect-
recommended. Failure to do so and injury a passenger. If ed movement of the driver's
can result in air bag inflation objects are large, heavy or must seat could cause you to lose
injuries to the driver. be piled, they must be secured control of the vehicle.
in the cargo area.

3 4
Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle


WARNING - Seat adjust- Forward and backward
ment
Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat forward will cause strong
pressure on the abdomen.
Do not place your hand near
the seat while adjusting the
seat. Your hand could get
caught in the seat mechanism.

OUM034004
OUM034002
WARNING - Small objects To recline the seatback:
Use extreme caution when pick- To move the seat forward or back- 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
ing small objects trapped under ward: seatback recline lever.
the seats or between the seat 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment 2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and the center console. Your lever up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the
hands might be cut or injured seat to the position you desire.
by the sharp edges of the seats 2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure
mechanism. the seatback is locked in place.
3. Release the lever and make sure
(The lever MUST return to its orig-
the seat is locked in place.
inal position for the seatback to
Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.)
make sure the seat is locked securely
by trying to move forward and back-
ward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.

3 5
Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height (if equipped) Lumbar support (if equipped) Front seat adjustment - power
(if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion.
Before driving, adjust the seat to the
proper position so you can easily con-
trol the steering wheel, pedals and
switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING - Unattended
children
OUM034003 OUM034068
Do not leave children unattend-
To change the height of the seat, The lumbar support can be adjusted ed in the vehicle. Children might
push the lever upwards or down- by pressing the lumbar support operate features of the vehicle
wards. switch on the side of the seat. that could injure them.
To lower the seat cushion, push the 1. Press the front portion of the
lever down several times. switch to increase support, or the
To raise the seat cushion, pull the rear portion of the switch, to CAUTION - Power seat
lever up several times. decrease support. adjustments
2. Release the switch once it reach- The power seating controls
es the desired position. function by electronic motor.
Excessive operation may cause
damage to the electrical equip-
ment.

3 6
Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Cushion extension


CAUTION - Power Seating (for driver's seat, if equipped)
Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
damage the power seat motor or
electrical components.

When in operation, the power seat-


consumes a large amount of electri-
cal power. To prevent unnecessary
charging system drain, dont adjust
the power seat longer than neces- OUM034006
sary while the engine is not running. Push the control switch forward or OUM034072L
backward to move the seat to the Press the front portion of the switch
desired position. Release the switch to raise the cushion extension, or the
once the seat reaches the desired rear portion of the switch to lower it.
position. Release the switch once the cushion
extension reaches the desired posi-
tion.

3 7
Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback angle Seat height (if equipped) Lumbar support (for drivers seat)
Type A

OUM034007 OUM034008 OUM034068


Push the control switch forward or Pull the front portion of the control The lumbar support can be adjusted
backward to move the seatback to switch up to raise or press down to by pressing the lumbar support
the desired angle. Release the lower the front part of the seat cush- switch on the side of the seat.
switch once the seat reaches the ion. Pull the rear portion of the con-
desired position. trol switch up to raise or press down
to lower the rear part of the seat Type A
cushion. Release the switch once the 1. Press the front portion of the
seat reaches the desired position. switch to increase support, or the
rear portion of the switch, to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reach-
es the desired position.

3 8
Safety features of your vehicle

Type B Driver position memory system


(if equipped, for power seat) WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death, serious injury.

OUM034073L
Type B
1. Press the front portion of the OUM034032
switch (1) to increase support, or
the rear portion of the switch (2), A driver position memory system is
to decrease support. provided to store and recall the driv-
er seat and outside rearview mirror
2. Move the support position up and position with a simple button opera-
down by pressing the switch (3) or tion. By saving the desired position
(4). into the system memory, different
3. Release the switch once the seat drivers can reposition the driver seat
reaches the desired position. based upon their driving preference.
If the battery is disconnected, the
desired seat position memory will
need to be re-saved.

3 9
Safety features of your vehicle

Storing positions into memory When recalling an adjustment mem- Recalling positions from memory
using the buttons on the door ory button while sitting in the vehicle, 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the
Storing drivers seat positions you can be surprised by the setting engine start/stop button is ON or
chosen if the memory has been ignition switch ON.
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the adjusted by someone else. If that
engine start/stop button is ON or 2. To recall the position in the memo-
occurs, immediately push the seat
ignition switch ON. ry, press the desired memory but-
position control knob in the direction
2. Adjust the drivers seat and out- ton (1 or 2). The system will beep
of the desired position to stop further
side rearview mirror comfortable once, then the drivers seat will
undesired movement.
for the driver. automatically adjust to the stored
position.
3. Press SET button on the control
panel. The system will beep once. Adjusting the control switch for the
drivers seat while the system is
4. Press one of the memory buttons recalling the stored position will
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after cause the movement to stop and
pressing the SET button. The sys- move in the direction that the control
tem will beep twice when memory switch is moved.
has been successfully stored.

3 10
Safety features of your vehicle

Easy access function Headrest (for front seat) Also, adjust the headrest as close to
(if equipped) your head as possible. For this rea-
The system will move the driver's son, the use of a cushion that holds
seat automatically as follows: the body away from the seatback is
Without smart key system not recommended.
- It will move the drivers seat rear-
ward when the ignition key is WARNING - Headrest
removed. removal/adjustment
- It will move the drivers seat for- Do not operate the vehicle
ward when the ignition key is with the headrests removed.
inserted. Headrests can provide critical
With smart key system neck and head support in a
OHM038048N crash.
- It will move the drivers seat rear-
ward when the engine start/stop The driver's and front passenger's Do not adjust the headrest
button is changed to the OFF seats are equipped with a headrest height while the vehicle is in
position. for the occupant's safety and comfort. motion. Driver may lose con-
trol of the vehicle.
- It will move the drivers seat for- The headrest not only provides com-
ward when the engine start/stop fort for the driver and front passenger,
button is changed to the ACC or but also helps protect the head and
START position. neck in the event of a rear collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
You can activate or deactivate this fea- of an accident, the headrest should
ture. Refer to "User settings" in chap- be adjusted so the middle of the
ter 4. headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.

3 11
Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
Type A
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).

OUM034011
Type B OYFH034205

NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the head rest may
come in contact with the sunvisor or
other parts of the vehicle.
OUM034011L
Type C

OUMA036011

3 12
Safety features of your vehicle

Removal and reinstallation Type C 3. Press the headrest release button


(3) or press the release button with
Type A
slim tool (3) (for Type C and Type
D) while pulling the headrest up
(4).

WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.

OUM034013L
Type D
OUM034012
Type B

OUMA036012

OUM034013 To remove the headrest:


1. Recline the seatback (2) with the
recline lever or switch (1).
2. Raise headrest as far as it can go.

3 13
Safety features of your vehicle

Type A Type C 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the


recline lever or switch (3).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appro-
priate height.

OUM034014 OUM034015L
Type B Type D

OUM034015 OUMA036015

To reinstall the headrest :


1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1) or pressing the release
button with slim tool (1).

3 14
Safety features of your vehicle

Seatback pocket (if equipped)


WARNING - Headrest WARNING - Seatback
Reinstallation pockets
To reduce the risk of injury to Do not put heavy or sharp
the head or neck, always make objects in the seatback pockets.
sure the headrest is locked into In an accident they could come
position and adjusted properly loose from the pocket and
after reinstalling. injure vehicle occupants.

OUM034083L

The seatback pocket is provided on


the back of the front passengers and
drivers seatbacks.

3 15
Safety features of your vehicle

Rear seat adjustment Seatback angle (2nd row seat) Walk-in seat (2nd row passenger
Forward and backward side, if equipped)
(2nd row seat)

OUM034022/H

OUM034077L
To recline the seatback:
OUM034076L 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever
To move the seat forward or back- (for 2nd row outboard seat) or
ward: strap (for 2nd row center or 3rd
row seat).
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever
up and hold it. 2. Hold the lever or strap and adjust
the seatback of the seat to the OUM034023L
2. Slide the seat to the position you position you desire.
desire. To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,
3. Release the lever or strap and
3. Release the lever and make sure make sure the seatback is locked 1. Route the seat belt webbing
the seat is locked in place. in place. (The lever MUST return through the rear seat belt guide
Adjust the seat before driving, and to its original position for the seat- clip. After inserting the seat belt,
make sure the seat is locked securely back to lock.) tighten the belt webbing by pulling
by trying to move forward and back- it up.
ward without using the lever. If the 2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the
seat moves, it is not locked properly. 2nd row seatback.
3 16
Safety features of your vehicle

Folding the rear seat


WARNING The rear seatbacks can be folded to
Never attempt to adjust the 2nd facilitate carrying long items or to
row seat while the vehicle is increase the luggage capacity of the
moving or the seat is occupied vehicle.
as the seat may suddenly move
and cause the passenger on the
seat to be injured. WARNING - Objects
Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
OUM034024L the front seatbacks. This could
allow cargo to slide forward and
3. Fold the 2nd row seatback and cause injury or damage during
push the seat to the farthest for- sudden stops.
ward position.
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd
row seat to the farthest rearward WARNING
position and pull the seatback firmly
backward until it clicks into place. Never allow passengers to sit on
Make sure that the seat is locked in top of the folded down seatback
place. while the vehicle is moving. This
is not a proper seating position
and no seat belts are available
for use. This could result in seri-
ous injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.

3 17
Safety features of your vehicle

2nd row seat 3rd row seat (if equipped) To fold down the rear seatback
1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in
the pocket between the rear seat-
back and cushion, and insert the
rear seat belt webbing in the guide
to prevent the seat belt from being
damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
Turn off the rear seat warmer (if
equipped) when you fold the 2nd
row seatback.

OUM034036/OUM034022 OUM034037/OUM034035

3 18
Safety features of your vehicle

2nd row seat 3rd row seat (if equipped) 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever
or strap, then fold the seat toward
the front of the vehicle. When you
return the seatback to its upright
position, always be sure it has
locked into position by pushing on
the top of the seatback.
5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull
the seatback backward by pulling
on the folding lever or strap.
Pull the seatback firmly until it
clicks into place.
Make sure the seatback is locked
in place.
6.Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.

OUM034025L/OUM034026L OUMA034027/OUMA034028

3 19
Safety features of your vehicle

2nd row seat folding To fold down the rear center seat-
(from outside, if equipped) WARNING - Rear seat back (for 2nd row seat)
folding
Do not fold the rear seats (2nd &
3rd row seats), if passengers,
pets or luggage are in the rear
seats.
It may cause injury or damage
to passengers, pets or luggage.

OUMA034030 OUM034031L

Pull the 2nd row seat back folding 1. Lower the rear headrests to the
lever out. lowest position.
The 2nd row seat back will be folded. 2. Push the center seatback folding
If you pull the left side lever (1) out, lever up, then fold the seat toward
left side seat back and center seat the front of the vehicle.
back will be folded.
If you pull the right side lever (2) out, When you return the seatback to its
right side seat back will be folded. upright position, always be sure it
has locked into position by pushing
on the top of the seatback.

3 20
Safety features of your vehicle

Remember to return the rear shoulder


belts to their proper position. Routing CAUTION - Damaging
the seat belt webbing through the rear rear seat belt buckles
seat belt guides will help keep the belts When you fold the rear (2nd
from being trapped behind or under and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert
the seats. the buckle in the pocket between
the rear seatback and cushion.
Doing so can prevent the buckle
WARNING - 2nd row cen- from being damaged by the rear
ter seat folding seatback.
Do not fold the 2nd row center
seat, if there are occupants in OUN026140
the 3rd row seats, as this may
result in injury to occupants if WARNING - Cargo
the seat moves during a colli- Do not place objects in the rear WARNING - 3rd row seat
sion. If occupants in the 3rd (2nd and/or 3rd row) seats, 3rd row occupants should always
row seats, fix the 2nd row cen- since they cannot be properly remain in the center of the seat
ter seat in its upright and secured and may hit the front cushion so the occupants head
locked position. seat occupants in a collision. is protected by the headrest.
The 2nd row center seat back Cargo should always be
secured to prevent it from being If not, the tailgate may hit the
does not lock into position occupant's head, which could
when it is folded toward the thrown around in the vehicle in
a collision causing injuries to cause injury.
front of the vehicle. If you use
the 2nd row center seat back vehicle occupants.
folding function to carry long
objects, you should fix the
long object to prevent it from
being thrown about the vehi-
cle in a collision and causing
injury to vehicle occupants.

3 21
Safety features of your vehicle

Armrest (2nd row seat) Headrest (for rear seat) For maximum effectiveness in case of
an accident, the headrest should be
adjusted so the middle of the head-
rest is at the same height as the cen-
ter of gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravity of
most people's head is similar with
* the height of the top of their eyes.
* Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible. For this rea-
son, the use of a cushion that holds
the body away from the seatback is
OUM034021L
* : if equipped
OHM038049N
not recommended.
To use the armrest, pull it forward The rear seat(s) is equipped with
from the seatback. headrests in all the seating positions
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrests not only provide com-
fort for passengers, but also helps
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.

3 22
Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down To lower the headrest : Removal and reinstallation
(for 2nd row seats) 1. Push and hold the release button (for 2nd row seats)
Outside
(2) on the headrest support
Outside
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).

OUM034019L OUM034087L
Center Center

OUMA034092 OUMA034093

To raise the headrest :


1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

3 23
Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the headrest : 3rd row headrest (if equipped) To fold the headrest manually :
1. Raise it as far as it can go then Pull the strap.
press the release button (1) while To unfold the headrest :
pulling the headrest up (2). Raise the headrest manually.

To reinstall the headrest : Always be sure the headrest has


1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the locked into position after you return
holes while pressing the release the seatback.
button (1).
2. Adjust it to the appropriate height.

OUMA034091
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks
in position after adjusting it to
properly protect the occu-
pants.
After installing the headrest,
make sure that it is installed
in the right direction.
A headrest installed reversely
could increase whiplash injury
during rear impact.
OXM039061N
The headrest will fold down automat-
ically when folding the seatback.

3 24
Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon
For maximum restraint system pro-
WARNING - Shoulder Belt the bony structure of the body, and
tection, the seat belts must always Never wear the shoulder belt should be worn low across the front
be used whenever the vehicle is under your arm or behind of the pelvis, chest and shoulders, as
moving. A properly positioned your back. An improperly applicable; wearing the lap section of
shoulder belt should be positioned positioned shoulder belt can- the belt across the abdominal area
midway over your shoulder across not protect the occupant in a must be avoided.
your collarbone. crash. Seat belts should be adjusted as
Never allow children to ride in the Always wear both the shoul- firmly as possible, consistent with
front passenger seat. See child der portion and lap portion of comfort, to provide the protection for
restraint system section for further the lap/shoulder belt. which they have been designed.
discussion. A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
WARNING - Twisted seat WARNING - Damaged Care should be taken to avoid con-
seat belt tamination of the webbing with pol-
belt ishes, oils and chemicals, and partic-
Replace the entire seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not assembly if any part of the web- ularly battery acid. Cleaning may
twisted when worn. A twisted bing or hardware is damage as safely be carried out using mild soap
seat belt may not properly pro- you can no longer be sure that a and water. The belt should be
tect you in an accident and damage seat belt will provide replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
could even cut into your body. protection in a crash. contaminated or damaged.

3 25
Safety features of your vehicle

No modifications or additions Seat belt warning (for drivers seat)


should be made by the user which WARNING - Seat belt
will either prevent the seat belt buckle
adjusting devices from operating to Do not allow foreign material
remove slack, or prevent the seat (gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
belt assembly from being adjusted obstruct the seat belt buckle.
to remove slack. This may prevent the seat belt
When you fasten the seat belt, be from fastening securely.
careful not to latch the seat belt in
buckles of other seat. It's very dan-
gerous and you may not be pro-
tected by the seat belt properly.
Do not unfasten the seat belt and 1GQA2083
do not fasten and unfasten the seat
belt repeatedly while driving. This The driver's seat belt warning light
could result in loss of control, and and chime will activate according to
an accident causing death, serious the following table when the ignition
injury, or property damage. switch is in "ON" position.
When fastening the seat belt,
make sure that the seat belt does
not pass over objects that are hard
or can break easily.

3 26
Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system


Vehicle Chime- with emergency locking retractor
Seat Belt Light-Blink
Speed Sound
Unbuckled 6 seconds
Buckled 6 seconds None
Below
6 seconds None
5 km/h
Buckled 5 km/h ~
6 seconds
Unbuckled 10 km/h

Above 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off


10 km/h (11 times) B200A02NF
Above The seat belt automatically adjusts to
10 km/h 6 seconds *1
B180A01NF-1
the proper length only after the lap
Unbuckled
belt portion is adjusted manually so
Below Stop * 2 To fasten your seat belt: that it fits snugly around your hips. If
5 km/h
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of you lean forward in a slow, easy
*1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with the retractor and insert the metal tab motion, the belt will extend and let
an interval of 24 seconds. If the driver's (1) into the buckle (2). There will be you move around. If there is a sud-
seat belt is buckled, the light will stop an audible "click" when the tab locks den stop or impact, however, the belt
within 6 seconds and chime will stop into the buckle. will lock into position. It will also lock
immediately. if you try to lean forward too quickly.
*2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately. NOTICE
If you are not able to pull out the
seat belt from the retractor, firmly
pull the belt out and release it. Then
you will be able to pull the belt out
smoothly.

3 27
Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat Release the button to lock the Seat belts - Front passenger and
anchor into position. Try sliding the rear seat 3-point system with
height adjuster to make sure that it combination locking retractor
has locked into position. To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
WARNING - Shoulder belt are installed in the rear seat posi-
positioning tions to help accommodate the
Never position the shoulder belt installation of child restraint systems.
across your neck or face. Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recom-
OLM039026 mended that children always be
Height adjustment WARNING - Seat belt seated in the rear seat. NEVER
You can adjust the height of the shoul- replacement place any infant restraint system in
der belt anchor to one of the 3 posi- Replace your seat belts after the front seat of the vehicle.
tions for maximum comfort and safety. being in an accident. Failure to This type of seat belt combines the
The height of the adjusting seat belt replace seat belts after an acci- features of both an emergency lock-
should not be too close to your neck. dent could leave you with dam- ing retractor seat belt and an auto-
The shoulder portion should be aged seat belts that will not pro- matic locking retractor seat belt. To
adjusted so that it lies across your vide protection in the event of fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
chest and midway over your shoulder another collision. retractor and insert the metal tab into
near the door and not your neck. the buckle. There will be an audible
To adjust the height of the seat belt "click" when the tab locks into the
anchor, lower or raise the height buckle. When not securing a child
adjuster into an appropriate position. restraint, the seat belt operates in the
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up same way as the driver's seat belt
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while (Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).

3 28
Safety features of your vehicle

It automatically adjusts to the proper


length only after the lap belt portion CAUTION
of the seat belt is adjusted manually Do NOT fold down the left por-
so that it fits snugly around your hips. tion of the rear seat back when
When the seat belt is fully extended the rear center seat belt is buck-
from the retractor to allow the instal- led. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the
lation of a child restraint system, the rear center seat belt before fold-
seat belt operation changes to allow ing down the left portion of the
the belt to retract, but not to extend rear seat back. If the rear center
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type). seat belt is buckled when the
Refer to Using a child restraint sys- left portion of the rear seat back
tem in this section. is folded down, distortion and B210A01NF-1
damage to the top portion of the
To release the seat belt:
seat back and seat belt garnish
NOTICE may result, causing the seat The seat belt is released by pressing
Although the combination retractor back to lock into the folded the release button (1) on the locking
provides the same level of protection down position. buckle. When it is released, the belt
for seated passengers in either emer- should automatically draw back into
gency or automatic locking modes, the retractor.
have the seated passengers use the If this does not happen, check the
emergency locking feature for improv- belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
ed convenience. The automatic locking try again.
function is intended to facilitate child
restraint installation. To convert from
the automatic locking feature to the
emergency locking operation mode,
allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully
retract.

3 29
Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt


2nd row seat 2nd row seat The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when not
in use.
Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides will
help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.

OUM034036 OUM034022
3rd row seat 3rd row seat CAUTION - Seatbelt Guide
Remove the seat belt from the
guides before using. If you pull
on the seat belt when it is stored
in the guides, it may damage the
guides and/or belt webbing.

OUM034037 OUM034035

3 30
Safety features of your vehicle

Pre-tensioner seat belt (1) Retractor Pretensioner If the system senses excessive ten-
The purpose of the retractor pre- sion on the driver or passenger's
tensioner is to make sure that the seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
shoulder belts fit in tightly against tem activates, the load limiter inside
the occupant's upper body in cer- the retractor pre-tensioner will release
tain frontal collisions. some of the pressure on the affected
seat belt.
(2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)
The purpose of the EFD is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant's
lower body in certain frontal colli-
sions.
OXMA033101

Your vehicle is equipped with driver's


and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts (retractor pretensioner and
EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)).
The pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated, when a frontal collision is
severe enough, together with the air
bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor
may lock into position. In certain
frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occu-
pant's body.

3 31
Safety features of your vehicle

NOTICE
WARNING - Skin Irritation Both the driver's and front pas-
Wash all exposed skin areas senger's seat belt pre-tensioner sys-
thoroughly after an accident in tem may be activated not only in
which the pre-tensioner seat certain frontal collision but also in
belts were activated. The fine certain side collisions or rollovers,
dust from the pre-tensioner if the vehicle is equipped with a
activation may cause skin irrita- side or curtain air bag.
tion and should not be breathed Because the sensor that activates
for prolonged periods. the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
ODMESA2024 SRS air bag warning light on
The seat belt pre-tensioner system the instrument panel will illumi-
consists mainly of the following com- nate for approximately 6 seconds
ponents. Their locations are shown in
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
the illustration:
then it should turn off.
(1) SRS air bag warning light
(2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
(3) SRS control module
(4) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)

3 32
Safety features of your vehicle

If the pre-tensioner seat belt system Seat belt precautions


are not working properly, this warning WARNING - Hot preten- Infant or small child
light will illuminate even if there is not sioner
a malfunction with, the SRS air bag. If Do not touch the pre-tensioner You should be aware of the specific
the SRS air bag warning light does seat belt assemblies for several requirements in your country. Child
not illuminate when the ignition minutes after they have been and/or infant seats must be properly
switch is turned ON, or if it remains activated. When the pre-ten- placed and installed in the rear seat.
illuminated after illuminating for sioner seat belt mechanism For more information about the use
approximately 6 seconds, or if it illu- fires during a collision the pre- of these restraints, refer to Child
minates while the vehicle is being tensioner becomes hot and can restraint system in this section.
driven, have an authorized Kia dealer burn you.
inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt NOTICE
and SRS air bag system as soon as Small children are best protected
possible. Pre-tensioners are designed to oper- from injury in an accident when
ate only one time. After activation, properly restrained in the rear seat by
pre-tensioner seat belts must be a child restraint system that meets the
replaced. If the pre-tensioner must requirements of the safety standards
be replaced, contact an authorized of your country. Before buying any
Kia dealer. child restraint system, make sure that
it has a label certifying that it meets
the safety standards of your country.
The restraint must be appropriate for
your child's height and weight. Check
the label on the child restraint for this
information. Refer to Child restraint
system in this section.

3 33
Safety features of your vehicle

Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women
Children who are too large for child touches the childs neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear
restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
occupy the rear seat and use the the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors.
portion should be fastened and be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be
snugged on the hips and as low as worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS
possible. Check if the belt fits period- POSSIBLE.
ically. A child's squirming could put WARNING - Small children
the belt out of position. Children are Do not allow small children to
given the most safety in the event of ride in the vehicle without an WARNING - Pregnant
an accident when they are restrained appropriate child restraint sys- women
by a proper restraint system in the tem. If the shoulder belt comes
Pregnant women must never
rear seat. If a larger child (over age in contact with your child's neck
place the lap portion of the seat
12) must be seated in the front seat, or face your child is too small to
belt above or on the abdomen
the child should be securely ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
where the fetus is located. The
restrained by the available lap/shoul- seat belt will inflict injury to your
force of the seat belt during a
der belt and the seat should be child's neck, throat and face.
collision will crush the fetus.
placed in the rearmost position.
Children age 12 and under should be
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.

3 34
Safety features of your vehicle

Injured person Care of seat belts Periodic inspection


A seat belt should be used when an Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected
injured person is being transported. disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of
When this is necessary, you should tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should
consult a physician for recommenda- that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible.
tions. not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse. Keep belts clean and dry
One person per belt Seat belts should be kept clean and
Two people (including children) WARNING - Pinched seat dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
should never attempt to use a single belt cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
seat belt. This could increase the tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
severity of injuries in case of an acci- Make sure that the webbing strong detergents or abrasives
dent. and/or buckle does not get should not be used because they
caught or pinched in the rear may damage and weaken the fabric.
seat when returning the rear
Do not lie down seatback to its upright position.
To reduce the chance of injuries in A caught or pinched webbing/ When to replace seat belts
the event of an accident and to buckle may become damaged The entire in-use seat belt assembly
achieve maximum effectiveness of and could fail during a collision or assemblies should be replaced if
the restraint system, all passengers or sudden stop. the vehicle has been involved in an
should be sitting up and the front and accident. This should be done even if
rear seats should be in an upright no damage is visible. Additional
position when the vehicle is moving. questions concerning seat belt oper-
A seat belt cannot provide proper ation should be directed to an
protection if the person is lying down authorized Kia dealer.
in the rear seat or if the front and rear
seats are in a reclined position.

3 35
Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM


Children riding in the vehicle should Children could be injured or killed in
sit in the rear seat and must always a crash if their restraints are not WARNING - Hot child
be properly restrained to minimize properly secured. For small children restraint
the risk of injury in an accident, sud- and babies, a child seat or infant seat A child restraint system can
den stop or sudden maneuver. must be used. Before buying a par- become very hot if it is left in a
According to accident statistics, chil- ticular child restraint system, make closed vehicle on a sunny day.
dren are safer when properly sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat Be sure to check the seat cover,
restrained in the rear seats than in belts, and fits your child. buckles and latches before
the front seat. Larger children not in Follow all the instructions provided placing a child in the restraint
a child restraint should use one of by the manufacturer when installing system.
the seat belts provided. the child restraint system.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country. Child When the child restraint system is
and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING - Restraint not in use, store it in the luggage
properly placed and installed in the location area or fasten it with a seat belt so
rear seat. You must use a commer- Never install a child or infant that it will not be thrown forward in
cially available child restraint system seat on the front passenger's case of a sudden stop or an acci-
that meets the requirements of the seat. A child riding in the front dent.
safety standards of your country. passenger seat can be forceful-
Child restraint systems are designed ly struck by an inflating airbag.
to be secured in vehicle seats by the
lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt,
or by a tether anchor and/or LATCH
anchors (if equipped).

3 36
Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system


WARNING - Holding chil- WARNING - Seat belt use Rearward-facing child restraint system
dren Do not use one seat belt for two
Never hold a child in your arms occupants at the same time.
or lap when riding in a vehicle. This will eliminate any safety
The violent forces created dur- benefit provided by the seat belt
ing a crash will tear the child to the occupants.
from your arms and throw the
child against the cars interior.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight. CRS09
Forward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - Unattended
Children
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle. The car can heat up
very quickly, resulting in serious
bodily injury or death to the child
in the vehicle.
OUN026150

For small children and babies, the


use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. The child seat or infant seat
should be of appropriate size for the
child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.

3 37
Safety features of your vehicle

For safety reasons, we recommend Placing a passenger seat belt


that the child restraint system be into the auto lock mode
used in the rear seats.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger seat,
because of the danger an inflating
passenger-side air bag could impact
the rear-facing child restraint and kill
the child.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emer- OEN036101
gency conditions (emergency lock To install a child restraint system on
mode), you must manually change E2MS103005 the outboard or center rear seats, do
these seat belts to the auto lock the following:
mode to secure a child restraint. The auto lock mode will help prevent
the normal movement of the child in 1. Place the child restraint system in
If the seat belt does not operate as the seat and route the lap/shoul-
the vehicle from causing the seat belt
described in this section, have the der belt around or through the
to loosen and compromise the child
system checked immediately by your restraint, following the restraint
restraint system. To secure a child
authorized Kia dealer. manufacturers instructions. Be
restraint system, use the following
procedure. sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the dis-
tinct click sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emer-
gency.

3 38
Safety features of your vehicle

If the vehicle headrest prevents prop-


er installation of a child seat (as
described in the child seat system
manual), the headrest of the respec-
tive seating position shall be read-
justed or entirely removed.

OEN036102 OEN036103
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
seat belt all the way out. When the of the seat belt to retract and listen
shoulder portion of the seat belt is for an audible clicking or ratchet-
fully extended, it will shift the ing sound. This indicates that the
retractor to the Auto Lock (child retractor is in the Auto Lock
restraint) mode. mode. If no distinct sound is
heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

3 39
Safety features of your vehicle

The lap/shoulder belt automatically


returns to the emergency lock WARNING - Auto lock
mode whenever the belt is allowed mode
to retract fully. Therefore, the preced- Set the retractor to Automatic
ing seven steps must be followed Lock mode when installing any
each time a child restraint is installed. child restraint system. If the
To remove the child restraint, press retractor is not in the Automatic
the release button on the buckle and Locking mode, the child
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of restraint can move when your
the restraint and allow the seat belt vehicle turns or stops suddenly.
to retract fully.
OEN036104
5. Remove as much slack from the When the seat belt is allowed to
belt as possible by pushing down retract to its fully stowed position,
on the child restraint system while the retractor will automatically
feeding the shoulder belt back into switch from the Auto Lock mode
the retractor. to the emergency lock mode for
normal adult usage.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the Auto Lock mode by
attempting to pull more of the seat
belt out of the retractor. If you can-
not, the retractor is in the Auto
Lock mode.

3 40
Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat


with tether anchor system WARNING - Tether strap
2nd row seat Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
or to a single lower anchorage
point. The increased load
caused by multiple seats may
cause the tethers or anchorage
points to break.

OUM034039L Check that the child restraint system


is secure by pushing and pulling it in
1.Route the child restraint seat strap
different directions. Incorrectly fitted
OUM034038 over the seatback.
child restraints may swing, twist, tip
Child restraint hook holders are For vehicles with adjustable head- or separate causing death or serious
located on the back of the rear cush- rests, route the tether strap under injury.
ions. the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback. In case of interference
between the child restraint seat
and the headrest remove the par-
ticular head restraint for better fit-
ment of the child restraint seat.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.

3 41
Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with


child seat lower anchor system WARNING - Unused rear
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
Lower Anchor behind the child restraint seat
Position Indicator
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child stran-
gulation.
Lower Anchor

OUM034078L Install the child restraint seat fully


rearward against the seatback with
Child restraint symbols are located the seatback reclined two positions
OXM039035
on the left and right 2nd row seat from the most upright latched posi-
backs to indicate the position of the tion.
Some child seat manufacturers lower anchors for child restraints.
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com-
patible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mount-
ed attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.

3 42
Safety features of your vehicle

LATCH anchors have been provided


in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors WARNING - LATCH lower
are located in the left and right out- anchors
board rear seating positions. Their Never attempt to attach a
locations are shown in the illustra- LATCH equipped seat in the
tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro- center seating position. LATCH
vided for the center rear seating lower anchors are only to be
position. used with the left and right rear
The LATCH anchors are located outboard seating positions. You
between the seatback and the seat may damage the anchors or the
cushion of the 2nd row seat left and anchors may fail and break in a
right outboard seating positions. collision.
Follow the child seat manufacturers
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.

3 43
Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


(1) Drivers front air bag
(2) Passengers front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag

Even in vehicles with air bags, you


and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and sever-
ity of injury in the event of a collision
or rollover.

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OXMA032101

3 44
Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system The front air bags will completely In order to help provide protection,
operate? inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly.
Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is
inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short
ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag
or START position. between the occupant and the
It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu-
The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This
instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk
frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening
order to help protect the occupants In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary
from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design.
There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also
the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include
Generally, air bags are designed to When a rollover is detected, side facial abrasions, bruises and bro-
inflate based upon the severity of a and/or curtain air bags will remain ken bones because the inflation
collision and its direction. These inflated longer to help provide pro- speed also causes the air bags to
two factors determine whether the tection from ejection, especially expand with a great deal of force.
sensors produce an electronic when used in conjunction with the There are even circumstances
deployment/ inflation signal. seat belts. under which contact with the
Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air
number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries,
speed, angles of impact and the especially if the occupant is
density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to
cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger
hits in the collision. The determin- air bag.
ing factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.

3 45
Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke


WARNING - Airbag infla- When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING - Hot compo-
tion loud noise and leave smoke and nents
Sit as far back as possible from powder in the air inside the vehicle. Do not touch the air bag storage
the steering wheel while still This is normal and is a result of the area's internal components
maintaining comfortable con- ignition of the air bag inflator. After immediately after airbag infla-
trol of your vehicle. A distance the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- tion. The air bag related parts in
of at least 10" from your chest stantial discomfort in breathing due the steering wheel, instrument
to the steering wheel is recom- to the contact of your chest with both panel and the roof rails above
mended. Failure to do so can the seat belt and the air bag, as well the front and rear doors are
result in airbag inflation injuries as from breathing the smoke and very hot. Hot components can
to the driver. powder. Open your doors and/or result in burn injuries.
windows as soon as possible after
impact in order to reduce discom-
fort and prevent prolonged expo-
sure to the smoke and powder.
Though smoke and powder are non-
toxic, it may cause irritation to the
skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and consult a
doctor if the symptom persists.

3 46
Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light


the front passengers seat. WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or cur-
tain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or cur-
tain air bags could impact the
child.
W7-147
1JBH3051
The purpose of air bag warning light
Never place a rear-facing child in your instrument panel is to alert
restraint in the front passengers you of a potential problem with your
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would air bag system, which could include
impact the rear-facing child restraint, your side and/or curtain air bags
causing serious or fatal injury. used for rollover protection.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passen-
gers seat either. If the front passen-
ger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.

3 47
Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions (10) PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF


indicator (Front passengers
seat only)
(11) Occupant detection system
(Front passengers seat only)
(12) Drivers and front passengers
seat belt buckle sensors
(13) Emergency fastening device
(EFD)

The SRSCM continually monitors all W7-147


SRS components while the ignition If the air bag warning light is illumi-
OXM033200L
switch is ON to determine if a crash nated for more than 6 seconds after
The SRS consists of the following impact is severe enough to require the ignition is turned on, or of it illu-
components: air bag deployment or pre-tensioner minates during vehicle operation, an
(1) Driver's front air bag module seat belt deployment. SRS component may not be func-
(2) Passenger's front air bag module tioning properly and you should have
your vehicle checked by an author-
(3) Side air bag modules ized Kia dealer.
(4) Curtain air bag modules
(5) Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
(6) Air bag warning light
(7) SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
(8) Front impact sensors
(9) Side impact sensors

3 48
Safety features of your vehicle

If any of the following conditions Drivers front air bag (1) Drivers front air bag (2)
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
in the air bag system. Have an
authorized Kia dealer inspect the air
bag system as soon as possible.
The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
The light comes on while the vehi-
cle is in motion.
B240B01L B240B02L
The light blinks when the ignition
switch is in ON position. The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will
wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the
panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full
impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags.
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.

3 49
Safety features of your vehicle

Drivers front air bag (3) Passengers front air bag


WARNING - Flying objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.

If an air bag deploys, there may be


B240B03L B240B05L a loud noise followed by a fine dust
A fully inflated air bag, in combina- released in the vehicle. These con-
tion with a properly worn seat belt, ditions are normal and are not haz-
WARNING - Air bag ardous - the air bags are packed in
slows the driver's or the passenger's obstructions
forward motion, reducing the risk of this fine powder. The dust generat-
head and chest injury. Do not install or place any ed during air bag deployment may
accessories on the steering cause skin or eye irritation as well
wheel, instrument panel, or on as aggravate asthma for some per-
After complete inflation, the air bag the front passenger's panel sons. Always wash all exposed
immediately starts deflating, enabling above the glove box in a vehi- skin areas thoroughly with cold
the driver to maintain forward visibility cle. Such objects may become water and a mild soap after an
and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles if the air accident in which the air bags were
other controls. bag deploys. deployed.

3 50
Safety features of your vehicle

The SRS can function only when Occupant Detection System Do not put anything in front of the
the ignition switch is in the ON (ODS) passenger air bag indicator.
position. If the SRS air bag warning
light does not illuminate, or contin-
uously remains on after illuminat-
ing for about 6 seconds when the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, or after the engine is
started, comes on while driving,
the SRS is not working properly. If
this occurs, have your vehicle
immediately inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer.

NOTICE OUMA034090

Before you replace a fuse or discon- Your vehicle is equipped with an


occupant detection system in the
nect a battery terminal, turn the
front passenger's seat.
ignition switch to the LOCK posi-
tion and remove the ignition switch. The occupant detection system is
Never remove or replace the air bag designed to detect the presence of a
related fuse(s) when the ignition properly-seated front passenger and
switch is in the ON position. Failure determine if the passenger's front air
to heed this warning will cause the bag should be enabled (may inflate)
SRS air bag warning light to illumi- or not. Only the front passenger front
nate. air bag is controlled by the Occupant
Detection System.

3 51
Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehicle
pant detection system pied by a person that the system occupants are seated and restrained
A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, properly (sitting upright with the seat in
the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting an upright position, centered on the
upright with the seatback in an seat cushion, with the persons legs
An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the comfortably extended, feet on the
mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, floor, and wearing the safety belt prop-
bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their erly) for the most effective protection
or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER by the air bag and the safety belt.
A indicator light located on the AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off
instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will The ODS (Occupant Detection
the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in System) may not function properly if
OFF indicating the front passen- frontal crashes. the passenger takes actions which
ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR can defeat the detection system.
The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG OFF indicator on the center These include:
ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi-
occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table tion.
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these (2) Leaning against the door or cen-
conditions. ter console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the safety
belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.

3 52
Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection NOTICE


system Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Don't place anything
Indicator/Warning light Devices on or attach anything such as a blan-
Condition detected by the
occupant detection "PASSENGER ket, front seat cover or after market
SRS warning Front passenger seat heater to the front passenger
system AIR BAG OFF"
light air bag seat. This can adversely affect the
indicator light
occupant detection system.
1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated
2. Child restraint system*2 On Off Deactivated WARNING - ODS System
3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the Occupant
4. There is a malfunction Detection System and may
Off On Activated
in the system result in the deactivation of the
front passenger airbag. It is
*1 : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the important for the driver to
air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, instruct the passenger as to the
thus allowing the air bag to deploy. To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride proper seating instructions as
in the front passenger seat. contained in this manual.
*2 : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. (Continued)

3 53
Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665


- Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash-
active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board.
the front passenger seat or
seatback pocket.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664


- Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen-
passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.

3 54
Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF NOTICE


indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-
onds after the ignition switch is
WARNING - AIR BAG turned to the ON position or after
OFF light the engine is started. If the front
passenger seat is occupied, the occu-
Do not allow an adult passenger
pant detection sensor will then clas-
to ride in the front seat when the
sify the front passenger after several
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF
more seconds.
indicator is illuminated, because
B990A01O
the air bag will not deploy in the
event of a crash. The driver
When an adult is seated in the front must instruct the passenger to
passenger seat, if the PASSENGER reposition himself in the seat.
AIR BAG OFF indicator is on, turn Failure to properly position
the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- yourself may lead to air bag
tion and ask the passenger to sit deactivation resulting in air bag
properly (sitting upright with the seat non-deployment in a collision. If
back in an upright position, centered the PASSENGER AIR BAG
on the seat cushion with their seat OFF indicator remains illumi-
belt on, legs comfortably extended nated after the passenger repo-
and their feet on the floor). Restart sitions themselves properly and
the engine and have the person the car is restarted, it is recom-
remain in that position. This will allow mended that passenger move to
the system to detect the person and the rear seat because the pas-
to enable the passenger air bag. senger's front air bag will not
deploy.

3 55
Safety features of your vehicle

Even though your vehicle is Any child age 12 and under should If the occupant detection system is
equipped with the occupant detec- ride in the rear seat. Children too not working properly, the SRS air
tion system, never install a child large for child restraints should use bag warning light on the instrument
restraint system in the front pas- the available lap/shoulder belts. No panel will illuminate because the
senger's seat. A deploying air bag matter what type of crash, children of passenger's front air bag is connect-
can forcefully strike a child result- all ages are safer when restrained in ed with the occupant detection sys-
ing in serious injuries or death. Any the rear seat. tem. If there is a malfunction of the
child age 12 and under should ride occupant detection system, the PAS-
in the rear seat. Children too large SENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator
for child restraints should use the WARNING - Replacement will not illuminate and the passen-
available lap/shoulder belts. No / modifications ger's front air bag will inflate in frontal
matter what type of crash, children The front passenger seat, dash- impact crashes even if there is no
of all ages are safer when board or door should not be occupant in the front passenger's
restrained in the rear seat. replaced except by an authorized seat.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG Kia dealer using original Kia parts
OFF indicator is illuminated when designed for this vehicle and
the front passenger's seat is occu- model. Any other such replace-
pied by an adult and he/she sits ment or modification could
properly (sitting upright with the adversely affect the operation of
seatback in an upright position, the occupant detection system
centered on the seat cushion with and your advanced air bags.
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the
floor), have that person sit in the
rear seat.

3 56
Safety features of your vehicle

Driver's and passenger's front air Your vehicle is equipped with an These sensors provide the ability to
bag Advanced Supplemental Restraint control the SRS deployment based on
(Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder whether or not the seat belts are fas-
Drivers front air bag
belts at both the driver and passen- tened, and how severe the impact is.
ger seating position.
The indication of the system's pres- The advanced SRS offers the ability
ence are the letters "AIR BAG" locat- to control the air bag inflation with
ed on the air bag pad cover on the two levels. A first stage level is pro-
steering wheel and the passenger's vided for moderate-severity impacts.
side front panel pad above the glove A second stage level is provided for
box. more severe impacts.

The SRS consists of air bags The passengers front air bag is
OUMA034041
installed under the pad covers in the designed to help reduce the injury of
Passengers front air bag center of the steering wheel and the children sitting close to the instru-
passenger's side front panel above ment panel in low speed collisions.
the glove box. However, children are safer if they
The purpose of the SRS is to provide are restrained in the rear seat.
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection According to the impact severity and
than that offered by the seat belt sys- seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
tem alone in case of a frontal impact Control Module) controls the air bag
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses inflation. Failure to properly wear
sensors to gather information about seat belts can increase the risk or
the driver's and front passenger's severity of injury in an accident.
OUM034042
seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors deter-
mine if the driver and front passen-
ger's seat belts are fastened.

3 57
Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped Manufacturers are required by gov- Advanced air bags are combined
with an occupant detection system in ernment regulations to provide a with pre-tensioner seat belts to help
the front passenger's seat. The occu- contact point concerning modifica- provide enhanced occupant protec-
pant detection system detects the tions to the vehicle for persons with tion in frontal crashes. Front air bags
presence of a passenger in the front disabilities, which modifications may are not intended to deploy in colli-
passenger's seat and will turn off the affect the vehicles advanced air bag sions in which sufficient protection
front passenger's air bag under cer- system. However, Kia does not can be provided by the pre-tensioner
tain conditions. For more detail, see endorse nor will it support any seat belt.
"Occupant detection system" in this changes to any part or structure of Front air bags are not intended to
chapter. the vehicle that could affect the deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
advanced air bag system, including rollover crashes. However, when
the occupant detection system. frontal deployment threshold is satis-
Modification to the seat structure can
cause the air bag to deploy at a dif- fied at side-impact, front air bags
ferent level than should be provided. NOTICE may deploy. In addition, front air bags
The front passenger seat, dashboard will not deploy in frontal crashes
or door should not be replaced below the deployment threshold.
except by an authorized Kia dealer
using original Kia parts designed for
this vehicle and model. Any other
such replacement or modification
could adversely affect the operation
of the occupant detection system
and your advanced air bags.

3 58
Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag The side air bags are designed to


WARNING - SRS Wiring deploy during certain side-impact
Do not tamper with or discon- collisions, depending on the crash
nect SRS wiring or other com- severity, angle, speed and point of
ponents of the SRS system. impact. However, when side deploy-
Doing so could result in injury, ment threshold is satisfied at front-
due to accidental deployment of impact, side air bags may deploy.
the air bags or by rendering the The side air bags may deploy on
SRS inoperative. the side of the impact or on both
sides.
The side and/or curtain air bags on
WARNING - No attaching OUMA034095 both sides of the vehicle will deploy
objects if a rollover or possible rollover is
No objects (such as crash pad detected.
cover, cellular phone holder, cup The side air bags are not designed
holder, perfume or stickers) to deploy in all side impact or
should be placed over or near the rollover situations.
air bag modules on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, wind-
shield glass, and the front pas- WARNING - Unexpected
senger's panel above the glove deployment
box. Such objects could cause OUM034044
Avoid impact to the side impact
harm if the vehicle is in a crash airbag sensor when the ignition
severe enough to cause the air Your vehicle is equipped with a side switch is ON to prevent unex-
bags to deploy. Do not place any air bag in each front seat. The pur- pected deployment of the side
objects over the air bag or pose of the air bag is to provide the air bag.
between the air bag and yourself. vehicle's driver and/or the front pas-
senger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.

3 59
Safety features of your vehicle

The side air bag is supplemental to


the driver's and the passenger's WARNING - Deployment WARNING - No attaching
seat belt systems and is not a sub- Do not install any accessories objects
stitute for them. Therefore your including seat covers, on the Do not place any objects over
seat belts must be worn at all times side or near the side air bag as the air bag or between the air
while the vehicle is in operation. this may affect the deployment bag and yourself. Also, do not
For best protection from the side of the side air bags. attach any objects around the
air bag system and to avoid being area the air bag inflates such
injured by the deploying side air as the door, side door glass,
bag, both front seat occupants If seat or seat cover is damaged, front and rear pillar.
should sit in an upright position have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia deal- Do not place any objects
with the seat belt properly fas- between the door and the
tened. The driver's hands should er. Inform the dealer that your vehi-
cle is equipped with side air bags seat. They may become dan-
be placed on the steering wheel at gerous projectiles if the side
the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The and an occupant detection system.
air bag inflates.
passenger's arms and hands
should be placed on their laps. Do not install any accessories
WARNING - Flying on the side or near the side air
objects bags.
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
front door and the front seat.
Such objects may become dan-
gerous projectiles if the side
airbag inflates.

3 60
Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag They are designed to help protect Do not allow the passengers to lean
occupants in certain side impacts their heads or bodies against the
and to help prevent them from eject- doors, put their arms on the doors,
ing out of the vehicle as a result of a stretch their arms out of the window
rollover, especially when the seat- or place objects between the doors
belts are also in use. and passengers when they are seat-
The curtain air bags are designed to ed on seats equipped with side
deploy during certain side impact impact and/or curtain air bags.
collisions, depending on the crash
severity, angle, speed and point of NOTICE
impact. However, when side deploy- Never try to open or repair any com-
OUM034045 ment threshold is satisfied at front- ponents of the side and curtain air
impact, side air bags may deploy. bag system. This should only be
The curtain air bags may deploy on done by an authorized Kia dealer.
the side of the impact or on both
sides.
WARNING - No attaching
Also, the curtain air bags on both objects
sides of the vehicle will deploy in
certain rollover situations. Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
The curtain air bags are not any objects around the area
designed to deploy in all side the air bag inflates such as the
OUM034046 impact or rollover situations. door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the Do not hang hard or breakable
front and rear doors. objects on the clothes hanger.

3 61
Safety features of your vehicle

Why didnt my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors


collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.

OUMA034047/OUM034048/OUMA034049/OUM034050/OUM034051

(1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor


Rollover sensor (4) Side pressure sensor
(2) Front impact sensor
3 62
Safety features of your vehicle

Problems may arise if the sensor Air bag inflation conditions


WARNING - Air bag sen- installation angles are changed due
sors to the deformation of the front
Do not hit or allow any objects bumper, front end module, body or
to impact the locations where front doors where side collision sen-
air bags or sensors are sors are installed. Have the vehicle
installed. checked and repaired by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which Installing bumper guards (or side
could result in serious per- step or running board) or replacing a
sonal injury or death. bumper (or front door module) with
non-genuine parts may adversely
If the installation location or affect your vehicles collision and air
angle of the sensors is altered bag deployment performance. OUM034052
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not Front air bags
or they may not deploy when Front air bags are designed to inflate
they should. in a frontal collision depending on
Therefore, do not try to per- the intensity, speed or angles of
form maintenance on or impact of the front collision.
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized Kia
dealer.

3 63
Safety features of your vehicle

Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved
detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
Although the front air bags (drivers carefully on unimproved roads or on
and front passengers air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle
designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag
sions, they also may inflate in other deployment.
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. sides
OUM034053
and curtain air bags are designed to
inflate in certain side impact colli-
sions. They may inflate in other types
of collisions where a side force is
detected by the sensors. Side air bag
and/or curtain air bags may also
inflate where rollover sensors indi-
cate the possibility of a rollover
occurring (even if none actually
occurs) or in other situations, includ-
ing when the vehicle is tilted while
OUM034054
being towed. Even where side and/or
Side and/or curtain air bags curtain air bags would not provide
Side and/or curtain air bags are impact protection in a rollover, how-
designed to inflate when an impact is ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec-
detected by side collision sensors tion of occupants, especially those
depending on the strength, speed or who are restrained with seat belts.
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.

3 64
Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OUM034056 OUM034057

OUM034055 Air bags are not designed to inflate Front air bags may not inflate in
in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because
In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of
air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side
bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment
such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu-
provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection.
tection of the seat belts in such col-
lisions.

3 65
Safety features of your vehicle

1VQA2089 OUM034058 OUM034059


In an angled collision, the force of Just before impact, drivers often Front air bags may not inflate in all
impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the
a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air
would not be able to provide any cle causing it to ride under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide
additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection.
sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this
bags. "under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such under-ride colli-
sions.

3 66
Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care For cleaning the air bag pad covers,


The SRS is virtually maintenance- use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
free and so there are no parts you can has been moistened with plain water.
safely service by yourself. If the SRS Solvents or cleaners could adversely
air bag warning light does not illumi- affect the air bag covers and proper
nate, or continuously remains on, have deployment of the system.
your vehicle immediately inspected by If components of the air bag system
an authorized Kia dealer. must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
Any work on the SRS system, such authorized Kia dealer knows these
OUM034060 as removing, installing, repairing, or precautions and can give you the
any work on the steering wheel, the necessary information. Failure to fol-
Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- front passengers panel, front seats
cle collides with objects such as low these precautions and proce-
and roof rails must be performed by dures could increase the risk of per-
utility poles or trees, where the an authorized Kia dealer. Improper
point of impact is concentrated to sonal injury.
handling of the SRS system may
one area and the full force of the result in serious personal injury.
impact is not delivered to the sen-
sors.

3 67
Safety features of your vehicle

Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label


WARNING - Tampering fying your air bag-equipped
with SRS vehicle
Do not tamper with or discon- If you modify your vehicle by chang-
nect SRS wiring, or other com- ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys-
ponents of the SRS system. tem, front end or side sheet metal or
Doing so could result in the ride height, this may affect the opera-
accidental inflation of the air tion of your vehicle's air bag system.
bags or by rendering the SRS
inoperative. OUM034094C

WARNING - Towing Vehicle


Always have the ignition off
when your vehicle is being
towed. The side air bags may
inflate if the vehicle is tilted
such as when being towed
because of the rollover sensors
in the vehicle.
OUMA034061

Air bag warning labels, some


required by the Canada Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS),
are attached to the sunvisor to alert
the driver and passengers of poten-
tial risks of the air bag system.

3 68
Features of your vehicle

Folding key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26


Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Closing the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
Transmitter precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 Closing the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Smart power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Emergency liftgate safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
Loss of the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40 4
Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 Hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
Smart key immobilizer system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-22 Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle. . . . . . 4-23 Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24 Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
Child-protector rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53
Liftgate (for manual liftgate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26 Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-54
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 Service mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
Electric power steering (EPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-55 User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
Tilt and telescopic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56 Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69 Operation of the rear parking assist system. . . . . . 4-109
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-73 Non-operational conditions of
4 Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
LCD display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 Rear parking assist system precautions . . . . . . . . . 4-111
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75 Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
Transaxle shift indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
Icy Road Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 360 camera monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79 Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Trip modes (trip computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80 Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Trip Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80 Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-80 High beam operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-117
Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82 Turn signals and lane change signals. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
Digital speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83 Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
One time driving information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83 Check headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Turn by turn mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
ASCC/LDWS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84 AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) . . . . . . . . 4-120
A/V mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-121 Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-143
Front windshield washers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123 Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
Rear window wiper and washer switch. . . . . . . . . . 4-124 3rd row air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 Checking the amount of air conditioner
Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126 refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-153
Luggage lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-154
Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-154 4
Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127 Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128 Defogging logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Headlight (headlamp) escort function. . . . . . . . . . . 4-128 Clean air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128 Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Pocket lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128 Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129 Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
Manual climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130 Luggage box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131 Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
3rd row air conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136 Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137 Bottle holder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139 Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
Checking the amount of air conditioner Seat cooler (air ventilation seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
refrigerant and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . 4-139 Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-164
AC inverter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
USB charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
Floor mat anchor (s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
Luggage net holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-169
Exterior features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-171
Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
4 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-172
Steering wheel remote controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
AUX, USB port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-174
How vehicle audio works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
Using the USB device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-179
Using iPod device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
Features of your vehicle

FOLDING KEY
Record your key number Key operations
CAUTION
The key code num-
ber is stamped on Do not fold the key without
the key code tag pressing the release button.
attached to the key This may damage the key.
set. Should you
lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized Kia dealer to WARNING - Aftermarket
duplicate the keys easily. Remove key
the key code tag and store it in a safe Use only Kia original parts for
place. Also, record the key code the ignition key in your vehicle.
number and keep it in a safe If an aftermarket key is used,
place.(not in the vehicle) OUM045429MX the ignition switch may not
return to ON after START. If this
Used to start the engine. happens, the starter will contin-
Used to lock and unlock the doors. ue to operate causing damage
Used to lock and unlock the glove to the starter motor and possi-
box. ble fire due to excessive current
in the wiring.
To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold auto-
matically. To fold the key, fold the
key manually while pressing the
release button.

4 5
Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2)


WARNING - Ignition key 1. Press the unlock button(2).
(smart key)
2. The driver's door will unlock. The
Never leave the keys in your hazard warning lights will blink two
vehicle with unsupervised chil- times.
dren. Leaving children unat-
3. Press the unlock button(2) twice
tended in a vehicle with a man-
within 4 seconds and all doors and
ual ignition key or a smart key
liftgate will unlock. The hazard
is dangerous. Children copy
warning lights will blink two times.
adults and they could place the
key in the ignition switch or
press the start button. The key NOTICE
would enable children to oper- You can activate or deactivate the
OXMA043317
ate power windows or other Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
controls, or even make the vehi- 1. Close all doors, engine hood and "User settings" in this chapter.
cle move, which could result in liftgate.
serious bodily injury or death. 2. Press the lock button(1).
3. All doors and liftgate will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink
once.
4. If the lock button is pressed once
more within 4 seconds, the hazard
warning lights will blink and the
horn will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.

4 6
Features of your vehicle

Liftgate unlock (3) Panic (4) Transmitter precautions


The liftgate is unlocked if the button The horn sounds and hazard warn- The transmitter will not work if any
is pressed for more than 1 second. ing lights flash for about 27 seconds of following occur:
Also, once the liftgate is opened and if this button is pressed for more than - The ignition key is in the ignition
then closed, the liftgate will be locked 0.5 second. To stop the horn and switch.
automatically. lights, press any button on the trans-
mitter. - You exceed the operating dis-
For Power Liftgate Only: tance limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
The Power Liftgate will open if the - The battery in the transmitter is
button is pressed for more than 1 weak.
second. Also, once the liftgate is - Other vehicles or objects may be
opened and then closed, the liftgate blocking the signal.
will be locked again automatically.
- The weather is extremely cold.
- The transmitter is close to a radio
If the power liftgate is switched Off transmitter such as a radio sub-
using the button in the overhead con- station or an airport which can
sole, the liftgate unlock button will interfere with normal operation of
operate to unlock the liftgate as the transmitter.
described above.

For detailed information refer to the


"Power liftgate" in this chapter.

4 7
Features of your vehicle

When the transmitter does not work Battery replacement


correctly, open and close the door CAUTION
with the ignition key. If you have a Keep the transmitter away from
problem with the transmitter, con- water or any liquid as it can
tact an authorized Kia dealer. become damaged and not func-
If the transmitter is in close proxim- tion properly.
ity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phones normal operational signals. NOTICE
This is especially important when If the keyless entry system is inoper-
the phone is active such as making ative due to exposure to water or liq-
and receiving calls, text messag- uids, it will not be covered by your
ing, and/or sending/receiving manufacturers vehicle warranty.
emails. Avoid placing the transmit- OYDDCO2005
ter and your mobile phone in the The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium
same pants or jacket pocket and battery which will normally last for
always try to maintain an adequate several years. When replacement is
distance between the two devices. necessary, use the following proce-
dure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the transmitter
center cover.
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
is positioned correctly.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.

4 8
Features of your vehicle

For replacement transmitters, see an Immobilizer system


authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter
damage Your vehicle is equipped with an
reprogramming. electronic engine immobilizer system
The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the to reduce the risk of unauthorized
you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit- vehicle use.
ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight.
Your immobilizer system is com-
moisture or static electricity. If you prised of a small transponder in the
are unsure how to use your trans- ignition key and electronic devices
mitter or replace the battery, contact IC WARNING inside the vehicle.
an authorized Kia dealer.
This device complies with With the immobilizer system, when-
Using the wrong battery can cause Industry Canada licence- ever you insert your ignition key into
the transmitter to malfunction. Be exempt RSS standard(s). the ignition switch and turn it to ON,
sure to use the correct battery. the system verifies if the ignition key
Operation is subject to the fol-
To avoid damaging the transmitter, lowing two conditions: (1) this is valid.
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it device may not cause interfer- If the key is determined to be valid,
to heat or sunlight. ence, and (2) this device must the engine will start.
An inappropriately dis- accept any interference, includ- If the key is determined to be invalid,
posed battery can be ing interference that may cause the engine will not start.
harmful to the environment undesired operation of the
and may cause harm of to device.
human health. Dispose of
the battery according to
your local law(s) or regula-
tion.

4 9
Features of your vehicle

To activate the immobilizer system: NOTICE


Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- CAUTION - Immobilizer
When starting the engine, do not use damage
tion. The immobilizer system acti- the key with other immobilizer keys
vates automatically. Without a valid around. Otherwise the engine may Do not expose your immobilizer
ignition key for your vehicle, the not start or may stop soon after it system to moisture, static elec-
engine will not start. starts. Keep each key separate in tricity and rough handling. This
order to avoid a starting malfunction. may damage your immobilizer.
To deactivate the immobilizer
system: Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch. CAUTION - Immobilizer
Insert the ignition key into the key alterations
cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent Do not change, alter or adjust
In order to prevent theft of your vehi- the immobilizer system because
the engine from being started.
cle, do not leave spare keys anywhere it could cause the immobilizer
in your vehicle.Your Immobilizer pass- system to malfunction.
word is a customer unique password NOTICE
and should be kept confidential. Do If you need additional keys or lose
not leave this number anywhere in your keys, contact an authorized
your vehicle. Kia dealer.

4 10
Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Limp home (override) procedure 3. To enter the first digit (in this
Industry Canada licence-exempt When you turn the ignition switch to example 2), turn the ignition
RSS standard(s). the ON position, if the immobilizer switch to the ON and ACC position
Operation is subject to the following indicator ( ) goes off after blink- twice. Perform the same proce-
two conditions: ing 5 times, your transponder dure for the next digits between 3
equipped in the ignition key is out of seconds and 10 seconds (for
(1) This device may not cause inter- example, for 3, turn the ignition
ference, and order. You cannot start the engine
without the limp home procedure. To ON and ACC 3 times).
(2) This device must accept any 4. If all of the digits have been input
interference, including interfer- start the engine, you have to input
your password by using the ignition successfully, you have to start the
ence that may cause undesired engine within 30 seconds. If you
operation of the device. switch. Your password is only avail-
able from an authorized Kia dealer- attempt to start the engine after 30
ship. Contact an authorized dealer seconds, the engine will not start
NOTICE for more information. and you will have to input your
Changes or modifications not The following procedure is how to password again.
expressly approved by the party input your password of 2345 as an After performing the limp home pro-
responsible for compliance could example. cedure, you have to see an author-
void the users authority to operate 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON ized Kia dealer immediately to
the equipment. If the keyless entry position. The immobilizer indicator inspect and repair your ignition key
system is inoperative due to changes ( ) will blink 5 times and go off or immobilizer system.
or modifications not approved by indicating the beginning of the limp
the party responsible for compli- home procedure.
ance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturers vehicle warranty. 2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACC
position.

4 11
Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY
Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or
The key code number unlock a door (and Liftgate) and start
is stamped on the bar the engine.
code tag attached to Refer to the following for more details.
the key set. Should
you lose your keys, WARNING - Ignition key
this number will enable an author- (smart key)
ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys
easily. Remove the bar code tag and Never leave the keys in your
store it in a safe place. Also, record vehicle with unsupervised chil-
the code number and keep it in a dren. Leaving children unat-
safe and handy place, but not in the tended in a vehicle with a man-
vehicle. ual ignition key or a smart key
OUM045428MX is dangerous. Children copy
To remove the mechanical key, press adults and they could place the
and hold the release button(1) and key in the ignition switch or
remove the mechanical key (2). press the start button. The key
would enable children to oper-
To reinstall the mechanical key, put ate power windows or other
the key into the hole and push it until controls, or even make the vehi-
a click sound is heard. cle move, which could result in
serious bodily injury or death.

4 12
Features of your vehicle

Door Lock Using the door handle button Using the button on the smart key
- Carry the smart key. - Close all doors, engine hood and
- Close all doors, engine hood and liftgate.
liftgate. - Press the lock button(1).
- Press the button of the outside door - The hazard warning lights will blink
handle. and the chime will sound once.
- The hazard warning lights will blink - Make sure that doors are locked by
and the chime will sound once. pulling the outside door handle.
- Make sure that doors are locked by
pulling the outside door handle.
OYDDCO2004

NOTICE
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7~1m
(28~40in.) from the outside door
handle.
Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds if any of following
OUM044001 occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is
in ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the liftgate is
open.

4 13
Features of your vehicle

Unlocking Using the button on the smart key Liftgate unlocking


Using the door handle button 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the Using the liftgate handle button
1. Carry the smart key. smart key. 1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the button of the driver's 2. The drivers door will unlock. The 2. Press the liftgate handle button.
outside door handle. hazard warning lights will blink and
3. When all doors are locked, the
the chime will sound two times.
3. The drivers door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two
hazard warning lights will blink and 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice times.
the chime will sound two times. within 4 seconds and all doors and
Once the liftgate is opened and
the liftgate will unlock. The hazard
4. Press the button twice within 4 then closed, the liftgate will lock
warning lights will blink and the
seconds and all doors and the lift- automatically.
chime will sound two times.
gate will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink and the NOTICE
chime will sound two times. NOTICE
The button will only operate when
After pressing the button, the doors the smart key is within 0.7~1m
NOTICE will lock automatically unless any (28~40in.) from the liftgate handle.
door is opened within 30 seconds.
The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7~1m
(28~40in.) from the outside door NOTICE
handle. You can activate or deactivate the
When the smart key is recognized in Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to
the area of 0.7~1m (28~40in.) from "User settings" in this chapter.
the front outside door handle, other
people can also open the doors.
After unlocking the drivers door
or all doors, the door(s) will lock
automatically unless the door is
opened.

4 14
Features of your vehicle

Using the button on the smart key Panic Start-up


1. Press the liftgate unlock button (3) 1. Press the panic button (4) for more You can start the engine without
for more than 1 second. than 1 second. inserting the key. For detailed infor-
2. When all doors are locked, the 2. The horn sounds and hazard mation refer to the Engine start/stop
hazard warning lights will blink two warning light flash for about 27 button in chapter 5.
times. seconds.
For Power Liftgate Only:
The Power Liftgate will open if the NOTICE
button is pressed for more than 1 To stop the horn and lights, press
second. Also, once the liftgate is any button on the smart key.
opened and then closed, the liftgate
will be locked again automatically.

For detailed information refer to the


"Power liftgate" in this chapter.

4 15
Features of your vehicle

Loss of the smart key Smart key precautions If the smart key is in close proximity
A maximum of 2 smart keys can be The smart key will not work if any to your cell phone or smart phone,
registered to a single vehicle. of the following occur: the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
If you happen to lose your smart key, - The smart key is close to a radio your cell phone or smart phone.
you will not be able to start the transmitter such as a radio sta- This is especially important when
engine. You should immediately take tion or an airport which can inter- the phone is active such as making
the vehicle and remaining key to your fere with normal operation of the a call, receiving calls, text messag-
authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi- smart key. ing, and/or sending/receiving
cle, if necessary) to protect it from - The smart key is near a mobile emails. Avoid placing the smart key
potential theft. two way radio system or a cellu- and your cell phone or smart phone
lar phone. in the same pants or jacket pocket
- Another vehicles smart key is and maintain adequate distance
being operated close to your between the two devices.
vehicle.
When the smart key does not work CAUTION - Transmitter
correctly, open and close the door Keep the transmitter away from
with the mechanical key and contact water or any liquid as it can
an authorized Kia dealer. become damaged and not func-
tion properly.

NOTICE
If the keyless entry system is inoper-
ative due to exposure to water or liq-
uids, it will not be covered by your
manufacturers vehicle warranty.

4 16
Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement 3. Replace the battery with a new


battery (CR2032). When replacing CAUTION - Smart key
the battery, make sure the battery damage
is in the correct position. Do not drop, get wet or expose
4. Install the battery in the reverse the smart key to heat or sun-
order of removal. light, or it will be damaged.
The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, how-
ever it can malfunction if exposed IC WARNING
to moisture or static electricity. If This device complies with
you are unsure how to use or Industry Canada licence-
replace the battery, contact an exempt RSS standard(s).
OUM045427MX
authorized Kia dealer. Operation is subject to the fol-
Using the wrong battery can cause lowing two conditions: (1) this
A smart key battery should last for the smart key to malfunction. Be device may not cause interfer-
several years, but if the smart key is sure to use the correct battery. ence, and (2) this device must
not working properly, try replacing accept any interference, includ-
the battery with a new one. If you are To avoid damaging the smart key,
don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it ing interference that may cause
unsure how to use your smart key or undesired operation of the
replace the battery, contact an to heat or sunlight.
An inappropriately dis- device.
authorized Kia dealer.
1. Remove the mechanical key. posed battery can be harm-
ful to the environment and
2. Pry open the rear cover. human health. Dispose the
battery according to your
local law(s) or regulation.

4 17
Features of your vehicle

Smart key immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer This device complies with
Your vehicle is equipped with an system: Industry Canada licence-exempt
electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the engine start/stop button to RSS standard(s).
to reduce the risk of unauthorized the ON position by pressing the but- Operation is subject to the following
vehicle use. ton while carrying the smart key. two conditions:
Your immobilizer system is com- In order to prevent theft of your vehi- (1) This device may not cause inter-
prised of a small transponder in the cle, do not leave spare keys any- ference, and
smart key and electronic devices where in your vehicle. (2) This device must accept any
inside the vehicle. interference, including interfer-
With the immobilizer system, when- To activate the immobilizer system: ence that may cause undesired
ever you turn the engine start/stop Turn the engine start/stop button to operation of the device.
button to the ON position by pressing the OFF position. The immobilizer
the button while carrying the smart system activates automatically. NOTICE
key, it verifies if the smart key is valid Without a valid smart key for your
or not. Changes or modifications not
vehicle, the engine will not start.
expressly approved by the party
If the key is determined to be valid, responsible for compliance could
the engine will start. NOTICE void the users authority to operate
If the key is determined to be invalid, the equipment. If the keyless entry
When starting the engine, do not use
the engine will not start. system is inoperative due to changes
the key with other immobilizer keys
around. Otherwise the engine may or modifications not expressly
not start or may stop soon after it approved by the party responsible
starts. Keep each key separate in for compliance, it will not be cov-
order to avoid a starting malfunction. ered by your manufacturers vehicle
warranty.
NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, contact an authorized
Kia dealer.

4 18
Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Armed stage If any door (or liftgate) or engine
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. hood remains open, the hazard
Arm the system as described below. warning lights and the chime will not
Armed
stage
operate and the theft-alarm will not
1. Remove the ignition key from the arm. If all doors (and liftgate) and
ignition switch and exit the vehicle. engine hood are closed after the lock
2. Make sure that all doors (and lift- button is pressed, the hazard warn-
gate) and engine hood are closed ing lights blink once.
Disarmed Theft-alarm
stage stage
and latched. The system can also be armed by
3. Lock the doors using the transmit- locking the doors with the key from
ter of the keyless entry system (or the front doors; however, the hazard
smart key) or ignition key. warning lights will not blink using this
This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps above, method.
protection from unauthorized entry the hazard warning lights will blink
into the vehicle. This system is oper- (for smart key, the chime also NOTICE
ated in three stages: the first is the sounds) once to indicate that the
"Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed. The theft-alarm system can be deac-
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
tivated by an authorized Kia dealer.
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
If you want this feature, consult an
the system provides an audible
authorized Kia dealer.
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.

4 19
Features of your vehicle

Do not arm the system until all Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage
passengers have left the vehicle. If The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when
the system is armed while a pas- the following occurs while the system
senger(s) remains in the vehicle, The doors (and liftgate) are
is armed. unlocked with the transmitter (or
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave A front or rear door is opened with- smart key) or the ignition key.
the vehicle. If any door (or liftgate) out using the ignition key or trans- After depressing the unlock button,
or engine hood is opened within mitter (or smart key). the hazard warning lights will blink
30 seconds after the system The liftgate is opened without using and the chime will sound twice (in
enters the armed stage, the sys- the transmitter (or smart key). smart key) to indicate that the sys-
tem is disarmed to prevent an The engine hood is opened. tem is disarmed.
unnecessary alarm. After depressing the unlock button, if
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously any door (or liftgate) is not opened
for approximately 27 seconds, and within 30 seconds, the system will be
repeat the horn 3 times unless the rearmed.
system is disarmed. To turn off the
system, unlock the doors with the igni-
tion key or transmitter (or smart key).

4 20
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE
CAUTION - Adjusting
Avoid trying to start the engine alarm system
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starting motor is disabled Do not change, alter or adjust
during the theft-alarm stage. the theft-alarm system because
- If the system is not disarmed with it could cause the theft-alarm
the transmitter, insert the key system to malfunction and
into the ignition switch, turn the should only be serviced by an
ignition switch to the ON position authorized Kia dealer.
and wait for 30 seconds. Then the
system will be disarmed. NOTICE
- If the system is not disarmed with
the smart key, press the engine Malfunctions caused by improper
start/stop button with smart key. alterations, adjustments or modifi-
The side with the lock button cations to the theft-alarm system are
should contact the engine not covered by your vehicle manu-
start/stop button directly. facturer warranty.
If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized Kia dealer.

4 21
Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from Doors can also be locked and
outside the vehicle unlocked with the transmitter.
Type A Type B Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure the doors
Lock Unlock Unlock are closed securely.
Lock

NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock OUM044003
and door mechanisms may not To lock a door without the key, push
work properly due to freezing con- the inside door lock button (1) or cen-
OUM044002
ditions. tral door lock switch (2) to the Lock
Turn the key counterclockwise to If the door is locked/unlocked position when the ignition switch is
lock and clockwise to unlock. multiple times in rapid succession OFF position and close the door (3).
If you lock the drivers door with a with either the vehicle key or door If you lock the door with the central
key, all vehicle doors will lock auto- lock switch, the system may stop door lock switch (2), all vehicle
matically. operating temporarily in order to doors will lock automatically.
protect the circuit and prevent
From the drivers door, turn the key damage to system components.
to the right once to unlock the door NOTICE
and once more within 4 seconds to
unlock all doors. Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.

4 22
Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from To open a door, pull the door handle If a power door lock ever fails to func-
inside the vehicle (3) outward. tion while you are in the vehicle, try
If the inner door handle of the dri- one or more of the following tech-
With the door lock button niques to exit:
vers (or front passengers) door is
pulled when the door lock button is Operate the door unlock feature
in the lock position, the button will repeatedly (both electronic and
unlock and the door will open. (if manual) while simultaneously
equipped) pulling on the door handle.
Front doors cannot be locked if the Operate the other door locks and
ignition key is in the ignition switch handles, front and rear.
and any front door is opened. Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from out-
side.
Move to the cargo area and open
OUM044004 the liftgate.
To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the Unlock posi-
tion. The red mark (2) on the button
will be visible.
To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the Lock position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.

4 23
Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch When pressing the rear portion (2) Impact sensing door unlock
of the switch, all vehicle doors will system
Drivers door
unlock.
In the event of air bag deployment
If the key is in the ignition switch resulting from a vehicle impact, all
and any front door is opened, the doors will automatically unlock.
doors will not lock even though the
front portion (1) of the central door
lock switch is pressed. NOTICE
You can select some auto door
lock/unlock features in User Settings
WARNING - Doors For more information, refer to
OUM044005 The doors should always be User Settings in this chapter.
Passengers door fully closed and locked while the
vehicle is in motion to prevent
accidental opening of the door.

WARNING - Unattended
children/animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
OUM034082L extremely hot, causing death or
Operate by pressing the central door severe injury to unattended
lock switch. children or animals who cannot
When pressing the front portion (1) escape the vehicle
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.

4 24
Features of your vehicle

Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door.


To open the rear door, pull the out-
side door handle.
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle until
the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.

WARNING - Rear door


locks
OUM044006
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
The child safety lock is provided to vehicle. If a child accidently
help prevent children from acciden- opens the rear doors while the
tally opening the rear doors from vehicle is moving, they may fall
inside the vehicle. The rear door out.
safety locks should be used whenev-
er children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Turn the child safety lock (1) locat-
ed on the rear edge of the door to
the lock ( ) position. When the
child safety lock is in the lock posi-
tion, the rear door will not open
even when the inner door handle
is pulled.

4 25
Features of your vehicle

LIFTGATE (for manual liftgate)


Opening the liftgate The liftgate swings upward. Make Closing the liftgate
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening
the liftgate.

NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.

CAUTION - Liftgate lift


OUMA044007 Make certain that you close the OUMA045008MX
liftgate before driving your vehi-
The liftgate is locked or unlocked cle. Possible damage may occur To close the liftgate, lower and push
when all doors are locked or to the liftgate lift cylinders and down the liftgate firmly. Make sure
unlocked with the key, transmitter attached hardware if the liftgate that the liftgate is securely latched.
(or smart key) or central door lock is not closed prior to driving. Make sure your hands, feet and other
switch. parts of your body are safely out of
If unlocked, the liftgate can be the way before closing the liftgate.
opened by pressing the handle
switch and then pulling the handle
up.
Only the liftgate is unlocked if the
liftgate unlock button on the smart
key is pressed (if equipped). Once
the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate is locked auto-
matically.

4 26
Features of your vehicle

Emergency liftgate safety


WARNING - Exhaust release WARNING
fumes No one should be allowed to
Driving with the liftgate open is occupy the cargo area of the
not advisable. Dangerous vehicle at any time. The cargo
exhaust fumes can enter the area is a very dangerous loca-
passenger compartment. If you tion in the event of a crash.
must drive with the liftgate Use the release lever for
opened, keep the air vents and emergencies only. Use with
all windows open so that addi- extreme caution, especially
tional outside air can enter. while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING - Rear cargo OUMA044009


area
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupants should never ride in emergency liftgate safety release
the rear cargo area where no lever located on the bottom of the lift-
restraints are available. gate. When someone is inadvertent-
Occupants should always be ly locked in the cargo area, the lift-
properly restrained. gate can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.

4 27
Features of your vehicle

POWER LIFTGATE
(1) Power liftgate open / close button NOTICE
(2) Power liftgate handle switch In cold and wet climates, power lift-
(3) Power liftgate close button gate may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
NOTICE
NOTICE
If IGN is ON, the power liftgate
operates when : Do not attach heavy objects to the
Automatic shift lever is in P (Park). power liftgate when you operate the
OUMA044010
Manual shift lever is in N (Neutral). power liftgate. Additional weight on
liftgate could cause damage to the
system.
WARNING - Unattended
children/pets
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
Children or animals might oper-
OUMA044011 ate the power liftgate in such a
way that could result in injury to
themselves or others or dam-
age to the vehicle.

OUM044012L

4 28
Features of your vehicle

Opening the liftgate


WARNING CAUTION
Do not close or open the power
liftgate manually during auto-
matic operation. This may cause
damage to the power liftgate or
to the vehicle.
If it is necessary to close or
open the power liftgate manual-
ly when the battery is dis-
charged or disconnected, make
OUM044014 sure the liftgate is not in opera-
tion. Switch the power liftgate to
OUM044300L
Make sure that there are no peo- the off position. Do not apply
ple or objects in the path of the excessive force. The power liftgate will open automat-
power liftgate (or smart power ically by doing one of the following:
liftgate) prior to use. Serious
Press and hold the liftgate unlock
injury, damage to the vehicle or
button on the transmitter or smart
damage to surrounding objects
key until power liftgate operates.
may result if contact with the
power liftgate (or smart power While power liftgate operating, you
liftgate) occurs. can stop it if you shortly press the
unlock button on the transmitter or
smart key.

4 29
Features of your vehicle

Closing the liftgate

OUMA044010 OUMA044011 OUMA044010


Press the power liftgate open/close Press the liftgate handle switch
button for approximately one sec- carrying the smart key with you.
ond.
For emergency stop while power
liftgate operating, press the power
liftgate open/close button shortly.

OUM044300L

Press the power liftgate close but-


ton for approximately one second
when the liftgate is opened.
The liftgate will close and lock
automatically.

4 30
Features of your vehicle

For emergency stop while power NOTICE


liftgate operating, press the power CAUTION
The power liftgate can be operated
liftgate open/close button shortly. Do not operate the power lift- when the engine is not running.
gate more than 5 times continu- However the power liftgate opera-
ously. tion consumes large amounts of
Power liftgate non-opening condi-
tions It may damage the power lift- vehicle electric power. To prevent
gate system. If you operate the the battery from being discharged,
The power liftgate will not open auto- power liftgate more than 5 times
matically, when the vehicle is moving
do not operate it excessively.
continuously, the chime will To prevent the battery from being
more than 3km/h (2mph) or the auto- sound 3 times and the power
matic shift lever is not in P(Park)
discharged, do not leave the power
liftgate will not operate. At this liftgate in the open position for a
position. The power liftgate will not time, stop operating the liftgate
open automatically, when the auto-
long time.
and leave it for more than 1 Do not modify or repair any part
matic shift lever is not in P(Park) posi- minute.
tion or the manual shift lever is not in
of the power liftgate by yourself.
N(Neutral) position.
This must be done by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
When jacking up the vehicle to
NOTICE change a tire or repair the vehicle,
The chime will sound continuously if do not operate the power liftgate.
you drive over 3km/h (2mph) with the This could cause the power liftgate
liftgate opened. Stop your vehicle at a to operate improperly.
safe place as soon as possible to check (Continued)
if your liftgate is opened.

4 31
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Automatic reversal However, if the resistance is weak


In cold and wet climates, the such as from an object that is thin or
power liftgate may not work prop- soft, or the liftgate is near the latched
erly due to freezing conditions. position, the automatic stop and
It is recommended to wait until reversal may not detect the resist-
the power liftgate is fully closed ance.
before starting the vehicle. The If the automatic reversal feature
power liftgate may not close fully operates continuously more than
if the vehicle is started during twice during opening or closing oper-
automatic closing. ation, the power liftgate may stop at
that position. At this time, close the
CAUTION liftgate manually and operate the lift-
gate automatically again.
Never operate the power lift OUMA044013
gate with any heavy objects During power opening and closing if
attached (e.g. bicycles) as it the power liftgate is blocked by an WARNING
could become damaged. object or part of the body, the power Never place any object or part
liftgate will detect the resistance. of your body in the path of the
If the resistance is detected while power liftgate as it is operating.
opening the liftgate, it will stop and Doing so could result in person-
move in the opposite direction. al injury.
If the resistance is detected while
closing the liftgate, it will stop and
move in the opposite direction.

4 32
Features of your vehicle

How to reset the power liftgate NOTICE Power liftgate opening height
If the battery has been discharged or If the power liftgate does not operate user setting
disconnected, or if the related fuse has normally, first check the following
been replaced or disconnected, for the condition before using the power
power liftgate to operate normally, liftgate.
reset the power liftgate as follows: Make sure the automatic shift lever
1. Put the automatic shift lever in P is in P (Park) or the manual shift
(Park) or the manual shift lever in lever is in N (Neutral).
N (Neutral).
2. While pressing the liftgate close
button, press the liftgate handle
switch for more than 3 seconds.
(the chime will sound)
3. Close the liftgate manually. OUM044012L

The driver may set the height of a


If the power liftgate does not work fully opened liftgate by following the
properly after the above procedure, below instruction.
have the system checked by an 1. Position the liftgate manually to
authorized Kia dealer. the height you prefer.
2. Press the liftgate close button for
more than 3 seconds.
3. You will hear the system beep twice
indicating height has been set up.

The liftgate will open to the height


the driver has set up.

4 33
Features of your vehicle

Smart Power Liftgate How to use the Smart Power 1. Setting


(if equipped) Liftgate To activate the Smart Power Liftgate,
The liftgate can be opened with no- go to User Settings Mode and select
touch activation satisfying all the Smart Power Liftgate on the LCD
conditions below. display.
After 15 seconds when all doors
are closed and locked For more information, refer to the
Positioned in the detecting area for "LCD Display" section in this
more than 3 seconds. chapter.

NOTICE
The Smart Power Liftgate does
OUMA044015 not operate when:
- The smart key is detected within
On a vehicle equipped with a smart 15 seconds after the doors are
key, the liftgate can be opened using closed and locked, and is contin-
the Smart Power Liftgate system. uously detected.
- The smart key is detected within
15 seconds after the doors are
closed and locked, and within 1.5
m (60 inches) from the front door
handles. (for vehicles equipped
with Welcome Light)
- A door is not locked or closed.
- The smart key is in the vehicle.

4 34
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning
lights and chime starts to operate,
leave the detecting area with the smart
key. The liftgate will stay closed.

OUM044016 OUMA044017
2. Detect and Alert 3. Automatic opening
If you are positioned in the detecting The hazard warning lights will blink
area (50 ~100 cm (20~40 inches) and chime will sound 2 times and
behind the vehicle) carrying a smart then the liftgate will open.
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and chime will sound for about
3 seconds to alert you the smart key
has been detected and the liftgate
will open.

4 35
Features of your vehicle

Make sure you close the liftgate before How to deactivate the Smart
driving your vehicle. CAUTION Power Liftgate function using the
Make sure there are no people or - Liftgate lift smart key
objects around the liftgate before Make certain that you close the
opening or closing the liftgate. Make liftgate before driving your vehi-
sure objects in the liftgate do not cle. Possible damage may occur
come out when opening the liftgate to the liftgate lift cylinders and
on a slope. It may cause serious attached hardware if the liftgate
injury. Make sure to deactivate the is not closed prior to driving.
Smart Power Liftgate when washing
your vehicle. Otherwise, the liftgate
may open inadvertently. The key
should be kept out of reach of chil-
dren. Children may inadvertently
open the Smart Power Liftgate while
playing around the rear area of the OXM043001
vehicle. 1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open
4. Panic
If you press any button of the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Power Liftgate func-
tion will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Power Liftgate
function for emergency situations.

4 36
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE Detecting area NOTICE


If you press the door unlock but- The Smart Power Liftgate function
ton (2), the Smart Power Liftgate will not work if any of the following
function will be deactivated tem- occurs:
porarily. But, if you do not open - The smart key is close to a radio
any door for 30 seconds, the smart transmitter such as a radio sta-
Power liftgate function will be tion or an airport which can
activated again. interfere with normal operation
If you press the liftgate open but- of the transmitter.
ton (3) for more than 1 second, the - The smart key is near a mobile
liftgate opens. two way radio system or a cellu-
If you press the door lock button lar phone.
(1) or liftgate open button (3) - Another vehicles smart key is
OUM044019
when the Smart Power Liftgate being operated close to your
function is not in the Detect and The Smart Power Liftgate operates vehicle.
Alert stage, the smart Power lift- with a welcome alert if the smart The detecting range may decrease
gate function will not be deactivat- key is detected within 50~100 cm or increase when :
ed. (20~40 inches) from the liftgate. - One side of the tire is raised to
In case you have deactivated the The alert stops once the smart key replace a tire or to inspect the
Smart Power Liftgate function by is positioned outside the detecting vehicle.
pressing the smart key button and area during the Detect and Alert - The vehicle is parked on a slope
opened a door, the smart Power stage. or unpaved road, etc.
liftgate function can be activated
again by closing and locking all
doors.

4 37
Features of your vehicle

Emergency liftgate safety


release WARNING
No one should be allowed to
occupy the cargo area of the
vehicle at any time. The cargo
area is a very dangerous loca-
tion in the event of a crash.
Use the release lever for
emergencies only. Use with
extreme caution, especially
while the vehicle is in motion.

OUMA044009

Your vehicle is equipped with an


emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the lift-
gate. When someone is inadvertent-
ly locked in the cargo area, the lift-
gate can be opened by pushing the
release lever and pushing open the
liftgate.

4 38
Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS
(1) Drivers door power window
switch
(2) Front passengers door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down* (Driver's and
Passenger's window)
(7) Power window and rear sunroof*
lock switch

* if equipped

In cold and wet climates, power win-


dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.

OUMA044020

4 39
Features of your vehicle

Power windows NOTICE Window opening and closing


The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows
position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if
Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially
switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may
dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or
lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
ation of passenger windows. The mal occurrence and can be reduced
power windows can be operated for or eliminated by taking the follow-
approximately 30 seconds after the ing actions. If the noise occurs with
ignition key is removed or turned to one or both of the rear windows
the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. down, partially lower both front
However, if the front doors are windows approximately one inch. If
you experience the noise with the OYP044035K
opened, the power windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 sec- sunroof open, slightly reduce the The drivers door has a master power
ond period. size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).

4 40
Features of your vehicle

Auto up/down window (if equipped) 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the driver's and passenger's
window and continue pulling up
the drivers power window switch
for at least 1 second after the win-
dow is completely closed.

OUN026013

OYP044033K
Automatic reversal
(for Auto up/down window)
Pressing or pulling up the power win-
If the upward movement of the win-
dow switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers dow is blocked by an object or part of
or raises the window even when the the body, the window will detect the
switch is released. To stop the window resistance and will stop upward
at the desired position while the win- movement. The window will then
dow is in operation, pull up or press lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.)
down and release the switch. to allow the object to be cleared.
If the power window does not operate The distance may vary based on the
normally, the automatic power win- size or position of the window. If the
dow system must be reset as follows: window detects the resistance while
the power window switch is pulled up
continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower
approximately 2.5 cm. (1 in).

4 41
Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is Power window lock button - The rear passenger's control can-
pulled up continuously again within 5 not operate the rear passenger's
seconds after the window is lowered power window.
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window rever-
sal will not operate. CAUTION - Opening /clos-
ing Window
The automatic reverse feature for the
drivers window is only active when To prevent possible damage to
the auto up feature is used by fully the power window system, do
pulling up the switch. The automatic not open or close two windows
reverse feature will not operate if the or more at the same time. This
window is raised using the halfway will also ensure the longevity of
position on the power window switch. the fuse.
OUM044021
Always check for obstructions before
raising any window to avoid injuries The driver can disable the power Always double check to make sure
or vehicle damage. If an object less window switches on the passenger all arms, hands, head and other
than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter is doors by pressing the power win- obstructions are safely out of the way
caught between the window glass dow lock button located on the dri- before closing a window.
and the upper window channel, the vers door to the LOCK position
automatic reverse window may not (pressed).
WARNING - Power win-
detect the resistance and will not dows
stop and reverse direction. When the power window lock Do not allow children to play
switch is pressed : with the power windows. Keep
- The driver's master control can the power window lock switch
operate all the power windows. (on the driver's door) in the
- The front passenger's control can LOCK (pressed) position.
operate the front passenger's
power window.

4 42
Features of your vehicle

HOOD
Opening the hood Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, shifting the
shift lever to the P (Park) position
and setting the parking brake.

OUM044023

OUM044022 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise


the hood slightly, pull the second-
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood
the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2).
open slightly. 3. Raise the hood. It will completely
rise by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.

4 43
Features of your vehicle

Closing the hood


1. Before closing the hood, check the
WARNING - Hood WARNING - Unsecured
following: obstruction engine hood
All filler caps in the engine com- Before closing the hood, ensure Always double check to be sure
partment must be correctly that all obstructions are that the hood is firmly latched
installed. removed from the hood open- before driving away. If it is not
ing. Closing the hood with an latched, the hood could fly open
Gloves, rags or any other com- obstruction present in the hood while the vehicle is being driv-
bustible material must be opening may result in severe en, causing a total loss of visi-
removed from the engine com- personal injury. bility, which might result in an
partment. accident.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
down to securely lock in place. WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.

4 44
Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID


Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it clicks once. This indicates
that the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
in lightly making sure that it is
securely closed.

NOTICE
There may be an intermittent noise
OUM044025 near the refueling hole while the
OUMA044024 1. Stop the engine. engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the closed securely. This occurs normal-
The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener button. ly with the OBD system.
from inside the vehicle by pressing
the fuel filler lid opener button. 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). NOTICE
If the fuel filler lid does not open 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
When refueling on unlevel ground,
because ice has formed around it, filler cap (2) counterclockwise.
the fuel gauge may not point to the F
tap lightly or push on the lid to break 5. Refuel as needed. position.
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry It is not a malfunction. If you move
on the lid. If necessary, spray around your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid gauge will move to the full position.
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.

4 45
Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Fire/explo- WARNING - Static


Always remove the fuel cap sion risk electricity
carefully and slowly. If the cap Read and follow all warnings Before touching the fuel noz-
is venting fuel or if you hear a posted at the gas station facili- zle, you should eliminate
hissing sound, wait until the ty. Failure to follow all warnings potentially dangerous static
condition stops before com- may result in severe personal electricity discharge by touch-
pletely removing the cap. If injury, severe burns or death ing another metal part of the
pressurized fuel sprays out, it due to fire or explosion. vehicle, a safe distance away
can cover your clothes or skin from the fuel filler neck, noz-
and subject you to the risk of zle, or other gas source.
fire and burns. Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
Always check that the fuel cap is electricity by touching, rubbing
installed securely to prevent fuel or sliding against any item or
spillage in the event of an accident. fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,
etc.) capable of producing stat-
NOTICE ic electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel
Tighten the cap until it clicks once, vapors resulting in rapid burn-
otherwise the fuel cap open warning ing. If you must reenter the
indicator light will illuminate vehicle, you should once again
eliminate potentially danger-
ous static electricity discharge
by touching a metal part of the
vehicle, away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source.

4 46
Features of your vehicle

Make sure to refuel your vehicle


WARNING - Portable fuel WARNING - Smoking according to the Fuel requirements
container DO NOT use matches or a lighter suggested in chapter 1.
When using an approved portable and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit If the fuel filler cap requires replace-
fuel container, be sure to place cigarette in your vehicle while at ment, use only a genuine Kia cap or
the container on the ground prior a gas station especially during the equivalent specified for your vehi-
to refueling. Static electricity dis- refueling. Automotive fuel is cle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
charge from the container can highly flammable and can, when result in a serious malfunction of the
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. ignited, result in fire. fuel system or emission control sys-
Once refueling has begun, con- tem.
tact with the vehicle should be
maintained until the filling is com- WARNING - Refueling & CAUTION - Exterior paint
plete. Use only approved portable Vehicle fires
plastic fuel containers designed Do not spill fuel on the exterior
When refueling, always shut the surfaces of the vehicle. Any
to carry and store gasoline. engine off. Sparks produced by type of fuel spilled on painted
electrical components related surfaces may damage the paint.
to the engine can ignite fuel
WARNING - Cell phone vapors causing a fire. Once
fires refueling is complete, check to
Do not use cellular phones make sure the filler cap and
while refueling. Electric current filler door are securely closed,
and/or electronic interference before starting the engine.
from cellular phones can poten-
tially ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire.

4 47
Features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filler lid release

OUM044026

If the fuel filler lid does not open


using the remote fuel filler lid
release, you can open it manually.
Remove the panel in the cargo area.
Pull the handle out slightly.

CAUTION
Do not pull the handle exces-
sively, otherwise the luggage
area trim or release handle may
be damaged.

4 48
Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)


The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
CAUTION - Sunroof motor the tilt position nor can it be tilted
damage while in an open or slide position.
To prevent damage to the sun-
roof, periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on the WARNING - Roof cargo
guide rail. Do not operate the sunroof
while using the roof rack to
transport cargo. This may cause
In cold and wet climates, the sunroof the cargo to come loose and
may not work properly due to freez- distract the driver.
ing conditions.
OUM044027
After the vehicle is washed or in a
If your vehicle is equipped with a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your water that is on the sunroof before
sunroof with the sunroof control lever operating it.
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the CAUTION - Sunroof
ignition key is removed or turned to control lever
the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. Do not continue to press the sun-
However, if the front door is opened, roof control lever after the sun-
the sunroof cannot be operated even roof is fully opened, closed, or
within the 30 second period. tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could occur.

4 49
Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning


WARNING (if equipped) CAUTION
Never adjust the sunroof or Make sure the sunroof is fully
sunshade while driving. This closed when leaving your vehi-
could result in loss of control cle. If the sunroof is opened, rain
and an accident that may or snow may leak through the
cause death, serious injury, or sunroof and wet the interior.
property damage.
Do not allow children to oper-
ate the sunroof.

CAUTION
Do not extend any luggage out OUM044134
side the sunroof while driving. If the driver removes the ignition key
(smart key: turns off the engine)
when the sunroof is not fully closed,
the warning chime will sound for a
few seconds and a message will
appear on the LCD display or warn-
ing indicator will illuminate.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.

4 50
Features of your vehicle

Sunshade To close the sunshade when the Sliding the sunroof


sunroof glass is closed
Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or pull it down to the 1st detent
position.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momen-
tarily.

NOTICE
Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as
material characteristic are normal.
OUM044028 OUM044029

To open the sunshade CAUTION - Automatic When the sunshade is closed


Pull the sunroof control lever back- sunroof shade Pull the sunroof control lever back-
ward to the 1st detent position. ward to the 2nd detent position, both
Do not pull or push the sun- the sunshade and sunroof glass will
shade by hand as such action slide all the way open. To stop the
may damage the sunshade or sunroof movement at any point, pull
cause it to malfunction. or push the sunroof control glass
Close the sunroof when driv- lever momentarily.
ing in dusty environments.
Dust may cause a malfunction
of the vehicle system.

4 51
Features of your vehicle

When the sunshade is opened Automatic reversal


Pull the sunroof glass control lever WARNING - Sunroof
backward to the 1st or 2nd detent Do not extend the face, neck,
position, the sunroof glass will be arms or body outside the sun-
opened. roof while driving.
To stop the sunroof glass movement
at any point, pull or push the sunroof
control lever momentarily. WARNING - Sunroof
Operation
When closing the sunroof, make
sure there are no body parts in
the movement range of the slid-
OXM049029 ing roof. Parts of the body could
become trapped or crushed.
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof is closing
automatically, it will reverse the direc-
tion, and then stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass and the sunroof sash.
You should always check that all pas-
sengers and objects are away from
the sunroof before closing it.

4 52
Features of your vehicle

Tilting the sunroof Closing the sunroof


CAUTION
To close the sunroof glass with
To avoid damage to the sun-
the sunshade
roof periodically remove any
dirt that may accumulate on Push the sunroof control lever for-
the guide rail. ward or downward to the 2nd detent
position. The sunroof glass and sun-
If you drive with the sunroof
shade will close automatically.
opened right after a vehicle
wash or rain, water may get To stop the sunroof movement at any
inside the vehicle and cause point, pull or push the sunroof control
damage to the interior. lever momentarily.

CAUTION - Sunroof motor OUM044030 To close the sunroof glass only


damage When the sunshade is closed Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward or downward to the 1st detent
If you try to open the sunroof Push the sunroof control lever upward, position. The sunroof glass will close
when the temperature is below the sunshade will slide halfway open automatically.
freezing or when the sunroof is then the sunroof glass will tilt.
covered with snow or ice, the To stop the sunroof movement at any
To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control
glass or the motor could be point, pull or push the sunroof control
damaged. lever momentarily.
lever momentarily.

When the sunshade is opened


Push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.

4 53
Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof 5. Push the sunroof control lever for-


Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- ward in the direction of close for
connected or discharged, you must about (1 ~2 seconds), until the sun-
reset your sunroof system as follows: roof operates as follows: GLASS
CLOSE GLASS OPEN
GLASS/SUNSHADE CLOSE and
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON then release the button. [Do not
position. release the button on movement.
2. Close the sunshade and sunroof (initialization failed)]
completely if opened. When this is complete, the sunroof
3. Release the sunroof control lever. system has been reset and one
4. Push the sunroof control lever for- touch open and close should be
ward in the direction of close for restored.
about (5 ~10 seconds) until the sun-
roof operates as follows: SUN- NOTICE
SHADE OPENS GLASS TILTS
UP SOUND OF MOTORS If you do not reset the sunroof, it
CLICK and then release the button. may not work properly.
[Do not release the button on move-
ment. (initialization of reset will fail)]

4 54
Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS) If the Electric Power Steering NOTICE
The power steering uses a motor to System does not operate normally, The following symptoms may occur
assist you in steering the vehicle. If the warning light will illuminate on during normal vehicle operation:
the engine is off or if the power steer- the instrument cluster. The steering The EPS warning light does not
ing system becomes inoperative, the wheel may require increased illuminate.
vehicle may still be steered, but it will steering effort. Take your vehicle to The steering gets heavy immedi-
require increased steering effort. an authorized Kia dealer and have ately after turning the ignition
the vehicle checked as soon as switch on. This happens as the sys-
The motor driven power steering is possible.
controlled by a power steering con- tem performs the EPS system
trol unit which senses the steering When you operate the steering diagnostics. When the diagnostics
wheel torque and vehicle speed to wheel in low temperature, noise are completed, the steering wheel
command the motor. may occur. If temperature rises, the will return to its normal condition.
noise will likely disappear. This is a A click noise may be heard from
The steering becomes heavier as normal condition. the EPS relay after the ignition
the vehicles speed increases and switch is turned to the ON or
becomes lighter as the vehicles When the vehicle is stationary, and
the steering wheel is turned all the LOCK (OFF) position.
speed decreases for optimum steer- A motor noise may be heard when
ing control. way to the left or right continuous-
ly, the steering wheel becomes the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
Should you notice any change in the harder to turn. The power assist is driving speed.
effort required to steer during normal limited to protect the motor from If the Electric Power Steering
vehicle operation, have the power overheating. System does not operate normally,
steering checked by an authorized the warning light will illuminate on
Kia dealer. As time passes, the steering wheel
will return to its normal condition. the instrument cluster. The steer-
ing wheel may become difficult to
control or operate abnormally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
Kia dealer and have the vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
(Continued)

4 55
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering


When you operate the steering Tilt and telescopic steering allows
wheel in low temperature, abnor- you to adjust the steering wheel
mal noise may occur. If tempera- before you drive. You can also raise it
ture rises, the noise will likely dis- to give your legs more room when
appear. This is a normal condition. you exit and enter the vehicle.
When the charging system warning
light comes on due to the low volt-
age (When the alternator or bat- The steering wheel should be posi-
tery) does not operate normally or tioned so that it is comfortable for
malfunctions), the steering wheel you to drive, while permitting you to
may require increased steering see the instrument panel warning
OUMA044031
effort. lights and gauges.
To change the steering wheel angle,
pull down the lock-release lever (1),
WARNING - Steering adjust the steering wheel to the
wheel adjustment desired angle (2) and height (3, if
Never adjust the angle and equipped) then pull up the lock-
height of the steering wheel release lever to lock (4) the steering
while driving. You may lose wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the
steering control. steering wheel to the desired posi-
tion before driving.

NOTICE
After adjustment, sometimes the
lock release lever may not lock the
steering wheel. It is not a malfunc-
tion. This occurs when two gears are
not engaged correctly. In this case,
adjust the steering wheel again and
then lock the steering wheel.
4 56
Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel


(if equipped) WARNING CAUTION
If the steering wheel becomes Do not install any type of grip
too warm, turn the system off. cover for the steering wheel, it
The heated steering wheel may may impair the function of the
cause burns even at low tem- heated steering wheel system.
peratures, especially if used for When cleaning the heated
long periods of time. steering wheel, do not use an
organic solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol and
NOTICE gasoline. Doing so may dam-
The heated steering wheel will turn age the surface of the steering
off automatically approximately 30 wheel.
OUMA046032
minutes after the heated steering If the surface of steering
wheel is turned on. wheel is damaged by sharp
With the ignition switch in the ON object, damage to the heated
position, pressing the heated steer- steering wheel components
ing wheel button warms the steering could occur.
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button once again. The
indicator on the button will turn off.

4 57
Features of your vehicle

Horn

OUMA044033

To sound the horn, press the horn


symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.

NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra-
tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.

4 58
Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
WARNING - Mirror adjust- (if equipped)
center view through the rear window ment
is seen. Make this adjustment before Do not adjust the rearview mir-
you start driving. ror while the vehicle is moving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat This could result in loss of con-
or cargo area which would interfere trol. Night
with your vision through the rear win-
dow.
WARNING
Do not modify the inside mirror
and dont install a wide mirror. It
Day
could result in injury, during an
accident or deployment of the OAM049023
air bag.
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce the glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.

4 59
Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM)


(if equipped) CAUTION - Cleaning
The electric rearview mirror automat- mirror
ically controls the glare from the When cleaning the mirror, use a
headlights of the vehicles behind you paper towel or similar material
in nighttime or low light driving condi- dampened with glass cleaner.
tions. The sensor mounted in the mir- Do not spray glass cleaner
ror senses the light level around the directly on the mirror. It may
vehicle, and automatically controls cause the liquid cleaner to enter Indicator Sensor
the headlight glare from the vehicles the mirror housing.
behind you.
When the engine is running, the OUMA044407
glare is automatically controlled by To operate the electric rearview mirror:
the sensor mounted in the rearview The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
mirror. tion whenever the ignition switch is
Whenever the shift lever is shifted turned on.
into reverse (R), the mirror will auto- Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
matically go to the brightest setting in turn the automatic dimming func-
order to improve the drivers view tion off. The mirror indicator light
behind the vehicle. will turn off.
Press the ON/OFF button (1) to
turn the automatic dimming func-
tion on. The mirror indicator light
will illuminate.

4 60
Features of your vehicle

Electric chromatic mirror (ECM) Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function


with compass (if equipped) Safety (NVS) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim
The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is upon detecting glare from the vehi-
the most advanced way to reduce cles traveling behind you. The auto-
annoying glare in the rearview mirror dimming function can be controlled
during any driving situation. For more by pushing the ON/OFF Button:
information regarding NVS mirrors
and other applications, please refer
to the Gentex website: 1. Pressing the button turns the auto-
dimming function OFF which is
www.gentex.com indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
NOTICE 2. Pressing the button again turns
The NVS Mirror automatically the auto-dimming function ON
OUMA044407
reduces glare during driving condi- which is indicated by the green
tions based upon light levels moni- Status Indicator LED turning on.
1. Feature Control Button
tored in front of the vehicle and
2. Status Indicator LED from the rear of the vehicle. These NOTICE
3. Rear Light Sensor light sensors are visible through
openings in the front and rear of the The mirror defaults to the ON posi-
4. Compass Display Window tion each time the vehicle is started.
mirror case. Any object that would
obstruct either light sensor will
degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.

4 61
Features of your vehicle

Z-Nav Compass Display Compass function There is a difference between mag-


The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is The Compass can be turned ON and netic north and true north. The com-
also equipped with a Z-Nav OFF and will remember the last state pass in the mirror can compensate
Compass that shows the vehicle when the ignition is cycled. To turn for this difference when it knows the
Compass heading in the Display the display feature ON/OFF: Magnetic Zone in which it is operat-
Window using the 8 basic cardinal ing. This is set either by the dealer or
1. Press and release the button to by the user. The operating Zone
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.). turn the display feature OFF. Numbers for North America are
2. Press and release the button shown in the figure on the following
again to turn the display back ON. section.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed in this sec-
tion.

4 62
Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting:


1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the button for more
than 3 but less than 6 seconds,
the current Zone Number will
appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
13, 14, 15, 1, 2, ). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the com-
pass will start displaying a com-
pass heading again.

There are some conditions that can


cause changes to the vehicle mag-
nets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
B520C05NF
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct for these changes. To re-cali-
brate the compass:

4 63
Features of your vehicle

1. Press and hold the button for more Electrochromic mirror with Glare detection sensor
than 6 seconds. When the com- HomeLink system (if equipped) Indicator light
pass memory is cleared a "C" will
appear in the display.
2. To calibrate the compass, drive
the vehicle in 2 complete circles at
less than 8 km/h (5 mph).

Homelink buttons
OHD046305N

HomeLink Wireless Control System


OHD046025N Your new mirror comes with an
To operate the electric rearview mirror integrated HomeLink Universal
Transceiver, which allows you to pro-
Press the I button (1) to turn the gram the mirror to activate your
automatic- dimming function on. The garage door(s), estate gate, home
mirror indicator light will illuminate. lighting, etc. The mirror actually
Press the O button (2) to turn the learns the codes from your various
automatic- dimming function off. The existing transmitters.
mirror indicator light will turn off.

4 64
Features of your vehicle

Retain the original transmitter for Programming Flashing


future programming procedures (i.e., Your vehicle may require the ignition
new vehicle purchase). It is also sug- switch to be turned to the ACC posi-
gested that upon the sale of the vehi- tion for programming and/or opera-
cle, the programmed HomeLink but- tion of HomeLink. It is also recom-
tons be erased for security purposes mended that a new battery be
(follow step 1 in the Programming replaced in the hand-held transmitter
portion of this text). of the device being programmed to
HomeLink for quicker training and
accurate transmission of the radio-
frequency.
Follow these steps to train your OHD046306N
HomeLink mirror: 1. When programming the buttons for
the first time, press and hold the
left and center buttons ( , )
simultaneously until the indicator
light begins to flash after approxi-
mately 20 seconds. (This proce-
dure erases the factory-set default
codes. Do not perform this step
when programming the additional
HomeLink buttons.)

4 65
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE Flashing
NOTICE
For non rolling code garage door Some gate and garage door openers
openers, follow steps 2 - 3. may require you to replace step #3
For rolling code garage door open- with the cycling procedure noted
ers, follow steps 2 - 6. in the Canadian Programming
For Canadian Programming, please section of this document.
follow the Canadian Programming
section.
For help with determining whether 8
cm
your garage door opener is 2-
non-rolling code or rolling code, Transmitter
please refer to the garage door open- OHD046307N
ers owners manual or contact 2. Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink customer service at 1- HomeLink system you wish to
800-355-3515. train and the button on the trans-
mitter while the transmitter is
approximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inch-
es) away from the mirror. Do not
release the buttons until step 3
has been completed.
3. The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be
released. (The rapid flashing light
indicates successful programming
of the new frequency signal.)

4 66
Features of your vehicle

Rolling code programming 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Operating HomeLink
To train a garage door opener (or press and release the pro- To operate, simply press the
other rolling code equipped devices) grammed HomeLink button up to programmed HomeLink button.
with the rolling code feature, follow three times. The rolling code Activation will now occur for the
these instructions after completing equipped device should now rec- trained product (garage door, securi-
the Programming portion of this ognize the HomeLink signal and ty system, entry door lock, estate
text. (A second person may make the activate when the HomeLink but- gate, or home or office lighting). For
following training procedures quicker ton is pressed. The remaining two convenience, the hand-held trans-
& easier.) buttons may now be programmed mitter of the device may also be used
if this has not previously been at any time. The HomeLink Wireless
4. Locate the learn or smart but- done. Refer to the Programming
ton on the devices motor head Controls System (once programmed)
portion of this text. or the original hand-held transmitter
unit. Exact location and color of
the button may vary by product may be used to activate the device
brand. If there is difficulty locating (e.g. garage door, entry door lock,
the learn or smart button, refer- etc.). In the event that there are still
ence the devices owners manual programming difficulties, contact
or contact HomeLink at 1-800- HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
355-3515 or on the internet at the internet at www.homelink.com.
www.homelink.com.
5. Press and release the learn or
smart button on the devices
motor head unit. You have 30 sec-
onds to complete step number 6.

4 67
Features of your vehicle

Erasing programmed HomeLink Reprogramming a single Canadian Programming


buttons HomeLink button Garage & gate openers
To program a device to HomeLink During programming, your hand-held
Flashing using a HomeLink button previously transmitter may automatically stop
trained, follow these steps: transmitting. Continue to press and
1. Press and hold the desired hold the HomeLink button (note
HomeLink button. Do NOT release steps 2 through 4 in the
until step 4 has been completed. Programming portion of this text)
while you press and re-press
2. When the indicator light begins to (cycle) your handheld transmitter
flash slowly (after 20 seconds), every two seconds until the frequen-
position the hand-held transmitter cy signal has been learned. The indi-
2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from cator light will flash slowly and then
the HomeLink surface. rapidly after several seconds upon
OHD046306N 3. Press and hold the hand-held successful training.
To erase the three programmed but- transmitter button (or press and
tons (individual buttons cannot be cycle - as described in Canadian
erased): Programming).
Press and hold the left and center 4. The HomeLink indicator light will
buttons simultaneously, until the flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
indicator light begins to flash When the indicator light begins to
(approximately 20 seconds). flash rapidly, release both buttons.
Release both buttons. Do not hold The previous device has now been
for longer than 30 seconds. erased and the new device can be
HomeLink is now in the train (or activated by pushing the HomeLink
learning) mode and can be pro- button that has just been pro-
grammed at any time. grammed. This procedure will not
affect any other programmed
HomeLink buttons.

4 68
Features of your vehicle

Accessories FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 Outside rearview mirror


If you would like additional informa- IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
tion on the HomeLink Wireless before driving.
Control System, HomeLink compati- Your vehicle is equipped with both
ble products, or to purchase other This device complies with
Industry Canada licence-exempt left-hand and right-hand outside
accessories such as the HomeLink rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
Lighting Package, please contact RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following adjusted remotely with the remote
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on switch. The mirror heads can be fold-
the internet at www.homelink.com. two conditions:
ed back to prevent damage during an
(1) This device may not cause inter- automatic vehicle wash or when
ference, and passing through a narrow street.
(2) This device must accept any
interference, including interfer-
ence that may cause undesired
operation of the device.
The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifica-
tions not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to
operate the device.

4 69
Features of your vehicle

The right outside rearview mirror is If the mirror is jammed with ice, do Adjusting outside rearview mirror
convex. Objects seen in the mirror not adjust the mirror by force. Use an
are closer than they appear. approved spray de-icer (not radiator
Use your interior rearview mirror or antifreeze) to release the frozen
direct observation to determine the mechanism or move the vehicle to a
actual distance of following vehicles warm place and allow the ice to melt.
when changing lanes.
WARNING - Mirror
CAUTION - Rearview adjustment
mirror Do not adjust or fold the outside
Do not scrape ice off the mirror rearview mirrors while the vehi-
face; this may damage the sur- cle is moving. This could result
face of the glass. If ice should in loss of control. OUMA044034
restrict the movement of the mir- Adjusting the rearview mirrors:
ror, do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use a Press either the L (drivers side) or R
deicer spray, or a sponge or soft (passengers side) button (1) to
cloth with very warm water. select the rearview mirror you would
like to adjust when the ignition switch
is ACC or ON position.
Use the mirror adjustment control (2)
to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
After adjustment, press the L or R
button (1) again to prevent inadver-
tent adjustment.

4 70
Features of your vehicle

Reverse parking aid function L/R : When the remote control outside
CAUTION - Outside mirror (if equipped) rearview mirror switch is select-
The mirrors stop moving when ed to the L (left) or R (right) posi-
they reach the maximum tion, both outside rearview mir-
adjusting angles, but the rors will move downward.
motor continues to operate Neutral : When the remote control
while the switch is pressed. outside rearview mirror
Do not press the switch longer switch is placed in the mid-
than necessary, the motor dle, the outside rearview
may be damaged. mirrors will not operate
Do not attempt to adjust the while the vehicle is moving
outside rearview mirror by rearward.
hand. Doing so may damage
the parts. OUMA044035 The outside rearview mirrors will auto-
matically revert to their original posi-
While the vehicle is moving rear- tions under the following conditions:
ward, the outside rearview mirror(s)
will move downward to aid reverse 1. The ignition switch is in the OFF
parking. According to the position of position.
the outside rearview mirror switch 2. Shift lever is moved to any position
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will except R (Reverse).
operate as follows: 3. Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is placed in the middle.

4 71
Features of your vehicle

Folding the outside rearview mirror Center (AUTO, 3) :


The mirror will fold or unfold auto-
matically as follows:
The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the folding key or smart key.
The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by the
button on the outside door handle.
The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors OUM044289L
closed and locked) with a smart
Manual type
OUM044036 key in possession.
Electric type To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
The outside rearview mirror can be CAUTION - Electric type then fold it toward the rear of the
folded or unfolded by pressing the outside rearview mirror vehicle.
switch when the ignition switch is The electric type outside rearview
ACC or ON position as below. mirror operates even though the
Left (1) : The mirror will unfold. engine start/stop button is in the
Right (2) : The mirror will fold. OFF position. However, to prevent
unnecessary battery discharge,
do not adjust the mirrors longer
than necessary while the engine
is not running.
In case it is an electric type out-
side rearview mirror, dont fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.

4 72
Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Type A

1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display

Type B 6. Warning and indicator lights

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ


from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.

OUMA044100C/OUMA044101C

4 73
Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control LCD Display Control


Adjusting Instrument Cluster Type A
Illumination

Type B

OUM044265L
If you hold the illumination control OUMA044209
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will be changed continuously. The LCD display modes can be
OUMA044037
If the brightness reaches to the changed by using the control buttons
The brightness of the instrument maximum or minimum level, an on the steering wheel.
panel illumination is changed by alarm will sound.
pressing the illumination control button (1) : MODE button for changing
("+" or "-") when the ignition switch or the LCD modes
Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the (2) / : MOVE move scroll switch
tale lights are turned on. to select the items
(3) OK : SET/RESET button for set
the items or reset the items
(Push scroll wheel switch :
for Type B)

4 74
Features of your vehicle

Gauges Tachometer
CAUTION - Red zone
Speedometer
Do not operate the engine with-
Type A
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.

OUM044103L OYP044103N
Type B
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.

OUM044102L

The speedometer indicates the


speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or
miles per hour (mph).

4 75
Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature If the gauge pointer moves beyond Fuel Gauge
Gauge the normal range area toward the H
Type A Type B
position, it indicates overheating that
Type A Type B may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an over-
heated engine. If your vehicle over-
heats, refer to If the Engine
Overheats in chapter 6.

WARNING - Hot radiator


Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The
OUM044106
engine coolant is under pres-
OUM044105 sure and could cause severe This gauge indicates the approxi-
This gauge indicates the tempera- burns. Wait until the engine is mate amount of fuel remaining in the
ture of the engine coolant when the cool before adding coolant to fuel tank.
ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop the reservoir.
button is ON. NOTICE
The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which
will illuminate when the fuel tank
is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.

4 76
Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge


WARNING - Fuel gauge Type A Type A
Stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when
the gauge indicator comes
close to the E level. Running out
of fuel can expose vehicle occu-
pants to danger.
OYP044113K OYP044114K
Type B Type B
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire damaging the catalytic
converter.

NOTICE OUM044114 OUM044115


Fuel display may not be accurate if The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out-
you are filling in sloping places. tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1C (1F).
en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40C ~ 60C
when periodic maintenance should (-40F ~ 140F)
be performed.
The outside temperature on the dis-
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 1,599,999 play may not change immediately
kilometers or 999,999 miles. like a general thermometer to pre-
vent the driver from being inattentive.

4 77
Features of your vehicle

To change the temperature unit (from Transaxle Shift Indicator Icy Road Warning Indicator
C to F or from F to C) Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator Type A Type B
The temperature unit can be Type A Type B
changed by using the "User
Settings" mode of the LCD display.

For more details, refer to LCD


Display in this chapter.

OUMA044430
OUM04411
This warning light is to warn the driv-
This indicator displays which auto- er the road may be icy.
matic transaxle shift lever is selected. When the following conditions occur,
Park : P the warning light (including Outside
Reverse : R Temperature Gauge) blinks 10 times
Neutral : N and then illuminates, and also warn-
ing chime sounds 3 times.
Drive : D
- The temperature on the Outside
Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Temperature Gauge is below
approximately 4C (40F).
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.

4 78
Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
Modes Symbol Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
Trip Computer
For more details, refer to Trip Computer in this chapter.

Turn By Turn
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
(if equipped)

This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)
ASCC/LDWS and Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).
(if equipped) For more details, refer to "Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)" or
"Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)" in chapter 5.

A/V
This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
(if equipped)

This mode informs of service interval (km or days).

This mode informs of warning messages related to washer fluid or malfunction of


Information
Blind Spot Detection system (BSD) and so on.

When any door is not closed securely, this symbol is illuminated.

User Settings In this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.

For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

4 79
Features of your vehicle

TRIP MODES (TRIP COMPUTER)


The trip computer is a microcomput- Trip Modes Fuel Economy
er-controlled driver information sys-
tem that displays information related FUEL ECONOMY
to driving. Range
Average Fuel Economy
NOTICE
Instant Fuel Economy
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the
battery is disconnected. TRIP A
Tripmeter [A]
Average Vehicle Speed [A]
OYP044147C
Elapsed Time [A]
Range (1)
The range is the estimated dis-
TRIP B tance the vehicle can be driven
with the remaining fuel.
Tripmeter [B] - Distance range : 1 ~ 9,999 km or
Average Vehicle Speed [B] 1 ~ 9,999 mi.
Elapsed Time [B] If the estimated distance is below
1km (1mi.), the trip computer will
display --- as range.
Digital speedometer If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been
To change the trip mode, scroll the interrupted, the range function may
TRIP scroll switch (/) in the trip not operate correctly.
computer mode.

4 80
Features of your vehicle

The range may differ from the actu- Average Fuel Economy (2) Under Auto Reset mode, the aver-
al driving distance as it is an esti- The average fuel economy is calcu- age fuel economy will be cleared to
mate of the available driving dis- lated by the total driving distance zero (---) when the vehicle speed
tance. and fuel consumption since the last exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more
The trip computer may not register average fuel economy reset. than 6 liters (1.6 gallons).
additional fuel if less than 6 liters - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to MPG or L/100km NOTICE
the vehicle.
The average fuel economy can be The average fuel economy is not dis-
The fuel economy and range may reset both manually and automati- played for more accurate calculation
vary significantly based on driving cally. if the vehicle does not drive more
conditions, driving habits, and con- than 10 seconds or 50 meters (0.03
dition of the vehicle. miles) since the ignition switch or
Manual reset
Engine Start/Stop button is turned
To reset average fuel economy manu- to ON.
ally, press the OK button (reset) on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average fuel econ- Instant Fuel Economy (3)
omy is displayed. This mode displays the instant fuel
economy during the last few sec-
onds when the vehicle speed is
Automatic reset more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).
To make the average fuel economy - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 50 MPG
be reset automatically whenever refu- or 0 ~ 30 L/100km
eling, select the Auto Reset mode in
User Setting menu of the LCD display
(Refer to LCD Display).

4 81
Features of your vehicle

Trip A/B Average Vehicle Speed (2) Timer (3)


The average vehicle speed is cal- The elapsed time is the total driv-
culated by the total driving dis- ing time since the last elapsed time
tance and driving time since the reset.
last average vehicle speed reset. - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59
- Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH To reset elapsed time, press the OK
To reset the average vehicle speed, button (reset) on the steering wheel
press the OK button (reset) on the for more than 1 second when the
steering wheel for more than 1 sec- elapsed time is displayed.
ond when the average vehicle speed
is displayed.
NOTICE
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
OUMA044408C
NOTICE the elapsed time keeps going while
Tripmeter (1) The average vehicle speed is not dis- the engine is running.
The tripmeter is the total driving dis- played if the driving distance is less
tance since the last tripmeter reset. than 50 meters (0.03 miles) or the
- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km driving time is less than 10 seconds
or mi. since the ignition switch or Engine
Start/Stop button is turned to ON.
To reset the tripmeter, press the OK Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
button (reset) on the steering wheel the average vehicle speed keeps
for more than 1 second when the going while the engine is running.
tripmeter is displayed.

4 82
Features of your vehicle

Digital speedometer One time driving information If the estimated distance is below
mode 1km, (1mi.) the range (3) will display
as "---" and a refuel message will
appear (4).

OUMA044423C
OYP044193C
This mode displays the current
speed of the vehicle. This display shows trip distance (1),
average fuel economy (2) and the
estimated distance that the vehicle
can be driven with the remaining fuel
(3).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
engine and then goes off automati-
cally. The information provided is cal-
culated according to each trip.

4 83
Features of your vehicle

Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped) ASCC/LDWS Mode A/V Mode (if equipped)
(if equipped)

OUMA057232 OYP044273N
OUM054126L
This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the
navigation. This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC) and Lane Departure
Warning System (LDWS).

For more information, refer to


"Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC)" and "Lane Departure
Warning System (LDWS)" in chapter
5.

4 84
Features of your vehicle

Service Mode
Service Interval

OYP044119C OYP044122N
Service required Service interval OFF
OYP044314C If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set
iced according to the preset service "Service interval OFF message is
Service interval interval. displayed on the LCD display.
It calculates and displays when you Service required message is dis- If you want to activate Service inter-
need a scheduled maintenance played for several seconds each time val function, set the service interval
service (km or days). you set the ignition switch or Engine in the User setting mode.
If the remaining km or time reaches Start/Stop Button to the ON position. For more details, refer to User set-
1,500 km (900 mi.) or 30 days. ting mode" in this chapter.
Service interval message is dis- To reset the service interval to the
played for several seconds each time km and days you preset before:
you set the ignition switch or Engine Press the OK button (reset) for more
Start/Stop Button to the ON position. than 1 second.

4 85
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE Master Warning Mode User Settings Mode


If any of the following conditions Description
occur, the km and days may be
incorrect. This warning light informs the driv-
- The battery cable is disconnected. er of the following situations
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged. - Low washer fluid
- Blind Spot Detection (BSD) mal-
function (if equipped)
- Lane Departure warning system
(LDWS) malfunction (if equipped)
- Autonomous Emergency Braking
(AEB) malfunction (if equipped)
- Advanced smart cruise control OYP044161N
system (ASCC) malfunction (if In this mode, you can change setting
equipped) of the doors, lights, and so on.
- Service reminder (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction and so on.
The Master Warning Light illumi-
nates when more than one of the
above warning situations occur. At
this time, the LCD Modes Icon will
change from ( ) to ( ).
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned off
and the LCD Modes Icon will be
changed back to its previous icon ( ).
(ex : refill the washer fluid)

4 86
Features of your vehicle

Driving Assist Door / Liftgate Automatically unlock


Smart Cruise Control Response Automatically lock Disable:
(if equipped) Disable: The auto door unlock operation will
Choose the sensitivity of the smart The auto door lock operation will be canceled.
cruise control. be deactivated. On Key out:
Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (if equipped) All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is
If this item is checked, rear cross locked when the vehicle speed removed from ignition switch or
traffic alert function will be activated. exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). Engine Start/Stop Button is set to
the OFF position.
Enable on shift:
On shift to P:
Autonomous Emergency Braking All doors will be automatically
(AEB) (if equipped) locked if the automatic transaxle All doors will be automatically
shift lever is shifted from the P unlocked if the automatic transaxle
If this item is checked, Autonomous shift lever is shifted to the P (Park)
emergency braking function will be (Park) position to the R (Reverse),
N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. position.
activated.

Forward Collision Warning


(if equipped)
If this item is checked, forward collision
warning function will be activated.

4 87
Features of your vehicle

Two Press Unlock Power liftgate (if equipped) Lights


Off: If this item is checked, the power lift- One touch turn signal
The two press unlock function will gate function will be activated. If this item is checked, the lane
be deactivated. Therefore, all doors change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7
will unlock if the door is unlocked. Smart Power liftgate (if equipped) times when the turn signal lever is
On: moved slightly.
If this item is checked, the smart
The drivers door will unlock if the power liftgate function will be activat- On : You can set the one touch turn
door is unlocked. When the door is ed. sginal function.
unlocked again within 4 seconds, Off : The One touch turn signal
all doors will unlock. function will be deactivated.

Horn Feedback Head Lamp Delay (if equipped)


Off: If this item is checked, the headlamp
The Horn feedback operation will delay function will be activated.
be deactivated.
On: Welcome Light (if equipped)
After locking the door by pressing If this item is checked, the welcome
the lock button on the transmitter, if light function of the pocket lamp will
you press the lock button again be activated.
within 4 seconds, the warning
sound will operate once to indicate
that all doors are locked.

4 88
Features of your vehicle

Sound Seat / Steering Service interval


Park assist system vol. (if equipped) Seat easy access (if equipped) On this mode, you can activate the
Adjust the Park Assist System vol- If this item is checked, the drivers service interval function with mileage
ume. (Level 1~3). seat will automatically move forward (mi. or km) and period (months).
or rearward for the driver to enter or Off : The service interval function
exit the vehicle comfortably. will be deactivated.
Blind spot detection Sound (if equipped)
On : You can set the service inter-
If this item is checked, the blind spot val (km and months).
detection sound function will be acti- Steering Position
vated. If this item is checked, the warning
function regarding the steering wheel
alignment will be activated.
Welcome sound(if equipped)
If this item is checked, the welcome
sound function will be activated.

4 89
Features of your vehicle

Other features Sub-Scale (for Type B cluster) Warning Messages


Fuel economy auto reset If this item checked, Sub-scale Shift to P position
Off : speedometer will be displayed in the (for smart key system)
cluster.
The average fuel economy will not
reset automatically whenever refuel-
ing. Fuel Economy Unit
On (Auto Reset) : Choose the fuel economy unit.
The average fuel economy will reset
automatically when refueling. Temperature Unit
For more details, refer to Trip Convert the temperature unit from C
modes" in this chapter.
to F or from F to C.

Wiper/Light Display (if equipped)


Language OYP044131N
If this item checked, LCD display
Choose the language you prefer
shows a selected wiper/light mode This warning message illuminates if
within the LCD. you try to turn off the engine without
whenever you changed its mode.
the shift lever in P (Park) position.
At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
Button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).

4 90
Features of your vehicle

Low Key Battery Press start button while turn Press brake pedal to start engine
(for smart key system) steering (for smart key system) (for smart key system)

OYP044125N OYP044271N OYP044133N

This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates
if the battery of the smart key is if the steering wheel does not if the Engine Start/Stop Button
discharged when the Engine unlock normally when the Engine changes to the ACC position twice
Start/Stop Button changes to the Start/Stop Button is pressed. by pressing the button repeatedly
OFF position. It means that you should press the without depressing the brake pedal.
Engine Start/Stop Button while turn- It means that you should depress
ing the steering wheel right and left. the brake pedal to start the engine.

4 91
Features of your vehicle

Key not in vehicle Key not detected Press start button again
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system)

OYP044121N OYP044123N OYP044127N

This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates
if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected if you can not operate the Engine
when you press the Engine when you press the Engine Start/Stop Button when there is a
Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button. problem with the Engine Start/Stop
It means that you should always Button system.
have the smart key with you. It means that you could start the
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more.
If the warning illuminates each
time you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button, have your vehi-
cle inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 92
Features of your vehicle

Press start button with key Check fuse BRAKE SWITCH Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system)

OYP044129N OYP044137N OYP044145N

This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates
if you press the Engine Start/Stop if the brake switch fuse is discon- if you try to start the engine with
Button while the warning message nected. the shift lever not in the P (Park) or
Key not detected is illuminating. It means that you should replace N (Neutral) position.
At this time, the immobilizer indica- the fuse with a new one. If that is
tor light blinks. not possible, you can start the NOTICE
engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in You can start the engine with the
the ACC position. shift lever in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.

4 93
Features of your vehicle

Door / Hood / liftgate Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel (if equipped)

OUM044133 OUM044134 OYP044141N

It means that any door, hood, or The warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates
liftgate is open. if you turn off the engine and then if you start the engine when the
open the driver's door when the steering wheel is turned to more
sunroof is open. than 90 degrees to the left or right.
It means that you should turn the
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than
30 degrees.

4 94
Features of your vehicle

Low Washer Fluid (if equipped) Turn on FUSE SWITCH Low Fuel

OYP044139N OYP044135N OYP044276N


This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates if
on the service reminder mode if if the fuse switch on the fuse box is the fuel tank is nearly empty.
the washer fluid level in the reser- OFF. - When the low fuel level warning
voir is nearly empty. It means that you should turn the light is illuminated.
It means that you should refill the fuse switch on. - When the trip computer displays
washer fluid. "--- km (or mile)" as range.
For more details, refer to Fuses in
chapter 7. Add fuel as soon as possible.

4 95
Features of your vehicle

Check high beam assist system Check headlight Check AEB system (if equipped)
(if equipped)

OUM044271L OUMA057225
OYP044180N This warning message illuminates if This warning message illuminates
This warning message illuminates if there is a malfunction (burned-out if there is a malfunction with the
there is a malfunction (burned-out bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal- Autonomous Emergency Braking
bulb or circuit malfunction) with the function) with the headlamp. In this (AEB) system. In this case, have
headlamp. In this case, have your case, have your vehicle inspected by your vehicle be inspected by an
vehicle inspected by an authorized an authorized Kia dealer. authorized Kia dealer.
Kia dealer.
NOTICE For more details, refer to
When replacing the bulb, use the "Autonomous Emergency Braking
same wattage bulb. (AEB) system" in chapter 5.
For more information, refer to
BULB WATTAGE in chapter 8.

4 96
Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

NOTICE - Warning lights


Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver
are OFF after starting the engine. If Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened.
any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the Seat
situation that needs attention. position. Belts in chapter 3.
- It illuminates for approximately 6
seconds and then goes off.
When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 97
Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system
Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two
2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys-
Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail.
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add
position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems
refer to Brake Fluid in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal
- It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are
seconds Then check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle.
- It remains on if the parking brake brake system are still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion
When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working.
When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv-
reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
- If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi-
with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
indicates the brake fluid level in
reservoir is low.

4 98
Features of your vehicle

Driving the vehicle with a warning Anti-lock Brake System Electronic


light ON is dangerous. If the Parking (ABS) Warning Light Brake force
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light Distribution
illuminates when the parking brake (EBD) System
released, it indicates that the brake This warning light illuminates:
Warning Light
fluid level is low. Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at
In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the same time while driving:
ed by an authorized Kia dealer. position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 When the ABS and regular brake
seconds and then goes off. system may not work normally.
When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle
the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia
tem will still be operational without dealer.
the assistance of the anti-lock
brake system).
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 99
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power


WARNING - Electronic force Distribution Steering (EPS) Warning
Brake force Distribution (EBD) System Light
(EBD) System Warning Light Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates:
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning or both ABS and Parking Brake &
Lights are on, the brake system Once you set the ignition switch or
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
will not work normally and you the speedometer, odometer, or trip-
may experience an unexpected position.
meter may not work. Also, the EPS
and dangerous situation during Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is
sudden braking thereby the steering effort may increase or started.
increasing the risk of a crash. decrease. When there is a malfunction with
In this case, avoid high speed In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS.
driving and abrupt braking. ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle
Have your vehicle inspected by soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia
an authorized Kia dealer as dealer.
soon as possible thereby
increasing the risk of a crash
and injury.

4 100
Features of your vehicle

Malfunction Indicator Charging System


Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Malfunction Warning Light
Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates: Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may Once you set the ignition switch or
Once you set the ignition switch or cause damage to the emission Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON control systems which could position.
position. affect drivability and/or fuel - It remains on until the engine is
- It remains on until the engine is economy. started.
started. When there is a malfunction with
When there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical
the emission control system. CAUTION - Catalytic charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle Converter Damage
inspected by an authorized Kia If the Malfunction Indicator If there is a malfunction with either
dealer. Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- the alternator or electrical charging
tial catalytic converter damage system:
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia 2. Turn the engine off and check the
dealer as soon as possible. alternator drive belt for looseness
or breakage.
If the belt is adjusted properly,
there may be a problem in the
electrical charging system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer as soon as possible.

4 101
Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure If the warning light stays on while the


Warning Light CAUTION - Engine engine is running, it indicates that
damage there may be serious engine dam-
If the engine is not stopped age or malfunction. In this case,
This warning light illuminates:
immediately after the engine oil 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
Once you set the ignition switch or pressure warning light is illumi- safe to do so.
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON nated and stays on while the
position. 2. Turn off the engine and check the
engine is running, serious oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the
- It remains on until the engine is engine damage may result. engine oil to the proper level.
started.
3. Start the engine again. If the warn-
When the engine oil pressure is low. ing light stays on after the engine
is started, turn the engine off
If the engine oil pressure is low: immediately. In this case, have
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe your vehicle inspected by an
location and stop your vehicle. authorized Kia dealer.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to Engine Oil in section 7). If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not avail-
able, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.

4 102
Features of your vehicle

Low Fuel Level Warning Electronic Parking Brake Master Warning light
Light (EPB) Warning Light EPB (if equipped)
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driv-
When the fuel tank is nearly empty. This warning light illuminates: er of the following situations
Once you set the ignition switch or - Low washer fluid (if equipped)
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON - Blind Spot Detection (BSD) mal-
If the fuel tank is nearly empty: position. function (if equipped)
Add fuel as soon as possible. - It illuminates for approximately 3 - Lane Departure warning system
seconds and then goes off. (LDWS) malfunction (if equipped)
CAUTION - Low Fuel When there is a malfunction with - Autonomous Emergency Braking
Level the EPB. (AEB) malfunction (if equipped)
Driving with the Low Fuel Level In this case, have your vehicle - Advanced smart cruise control
warning light on or with the fuel inspected by an authorized Kia system (ASCC) malfunction
level below 0 or E can cause dealer. (if equipped)
the engine to misfire and dam- - High beam assist system (HBA)
age the catalytic converter (if
equipped). NOTICE - Electronic Parking malfunction (if equipped)
Brake (EPB) - Service required
Warning Light - Lamp malfunction and so on.
The Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB) Warning Light may illumi-
nate when the Electronic Stability
control (ESC) Indicator Light comes
on to indicate that the ESC is not
working properly (This does not
indicate malfunction of the EPB).

4 103
Features of your vehicle

The Master Warning Light illumi- All Wheel Drive (AWD) Adaptive Front Lighting
nates when more than one of the Warning Light System (AFLS) Warning AFLS
above warning situations occur. At (if equipped) Light (if equipped)
this time, the LCD Modes Icon will
change from ( ) to ( ). This warning light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates:
If the warning situation is solved, the Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
master warning light will be turned off Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Button to the ON position.
and the LCD Modes Icon will be
changed back to its previous icon ( ). position. - It illuminates for approximately 3
(ex : refill the washer fluid) - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
seconds and then goes off. When there is a malfunction with
When there is a malfunction with the AFLS.
the AWD system.
In this case, have your vehicle If there is a malfunction with the AFLS:
inspected by an authorized Kia 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
dealer. location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and restart the
engine. If the warning light remains
Autonomous Emergency on, have your vehicle inspected by
Braking (AEB) Warning an authorized Kia dealer.
light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:


When there is a malfunction with
the AEB.
In this case, have the vehicle inspect-
ed by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 104
Features of your vehicle

Indicator Lights Electronic Stability Immobilizer Indicator


Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Light (Without Smart Key)
Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light
Light This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: When the vehicle detects the
Once you set the ignition switch or Once you set the ignition switch or immobilizer in your key properly
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON while the ignition switch is ON.
position. position. - At this time, you can start the
- It illuminates for approximately 3 - It illuminates for approximately 3 engine.
seconds and then goes off. seconds and then goes off. - The indicator light goes off after
When there is a malfunction with When you deactivate the ESC sys- starting the engine.
the ESC system. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
ton.
In this case, have your vehicle This indicator light blinks:
inspected by an authorized Kia When there is a malfunction with
dealer. For more details, refer to Electronic the immobilizer system.
Stability Control (ESC) in chapter 5.
In this case, have your vehicle
This indicator light blinks: inspected by an authorized Kia
While the ESC is operating. dealer.

For more details, refer to Electronic


Stability Control (ESC) in chapter 5.

4 105
Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator
Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: Light
When the vehicle can not detect
the smart key which is in the vehi-
This indicator light illuminates for up cle while the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON. This indicator light blinks:
to 30 seconds:
In this case, have your vehicle When you turn the turn signal light
When the vehicle detects the on.
smart key in the vehicle properly inspected by an authorized Kia
while the Engine Start/Stop Button dealer.
is ACC or ON. If any of the following occurs, there
This indicator light blinks: may be a malfunction with the turn
- At this time, you can start the
signal system. In this case, have your
engine. When the battery of the smart key vehicle inspected by an authorized
- The indicator light goes off after is weak. Kia dealer.
starting the engine. - At this time, you can not start the - The indicator light does not blink
engine. However, you can start but illuminates.
This indicator light blinks for a few the engine if you press the Engine
Start/Stop Button with the smart - The indicator light blinks more
seconds: rapidly.
key. (For more details, refer to
When the smart key is not in the Starting the Engine in section 5). - The indicator light does not illumi-
vehicle. nate at all.
When there is a malfunction with
- At this time, you can not start the the immobilizer system.
engine.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.

4 106
Features of your vehicle

High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light Washer Fluid Warning


Light Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates:


This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
When the washer fluid level in the
When the headlights are on and in When the tail lights or headlights reservoir is nearly empty.
the high beam position are on.
In this case, you should refill the
When the turn signal lever is pulled washer fluid.
into the Flash-to-Pass position. Front Fog Indicator
Light (if equipped)
Cruise Indicator Light
High beam assist indica- (if equipped) CRUISE
tor (if equipped) This indicator light illuminates:
When the front fog lights are on. This indicator light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates :
When the cruise control system is
When the high-Beam is on with the enabled.
light switch in the AUTO light posi-
tion.
If your vehicle detects oncoming or For more details, refer to Cruise
preceding vehicles, the High beam Control System in chapter 5.
assist system will switch the high
beam to low beam automatically.
For more details, refer to "High beam
assist" in this chapter.

4 107
Features of your vehicle

Cruise SET Indicator AUTO HOLD Indicator All Wheel Drive (AWD)
AUTO
Light (if equipped) SET Light (if equipped) LOCK Indicator Light
HOLD (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
When the cruise control speed is set. [White] When you activate the auto Once you set the ignition switch or
hold system by pressing the AUTO Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
HOLD button. position.
For more details, refer to Cruise
[Green] When you stop the vehicle - It illuminates for approximately 3
Control System in chapter 5.
completely by depressing the seconds and then goes off.
brake pedal with the auto hold sys- When you select AWD Lock mode
tem activated. by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
[Yellow] When there is a malfunc- - The AWD LOCK mode is to
tion with the auto hold system. increase the drive power when
In this case, have your vehicle driving on wet pavement, snow
inspected by an authorized Kia covered roads and/or off-road.
dealer.
CAUTION - AWD Lock
For more details, refer to Auto Mode
Hold in chapter 5. Do not use AWD LOCK mode on
dry paved roads or highway, it
can cause noise, vibration or
damage of AWD related parts.

4 108
Features of your vehicle

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Operation of the rear parking
WARNING - Rear parking assist system
assist system
Operating condition
Never rely solely on the rear
This system will activate when the
parking assist system. Always indicator on the rear parking assist
perform a visual inspection to OFF button is not illuminated. If
make sure the vehicle is clear of you desire to deactivate the rear
all obstructions before moving parking assist system, press the
the vehicle in any direction. Stop rear parking assist OFF button
immediately if you are aware of again. (The indicator on the button
Sensors a child anywhere near your vehi- will illuminate.) To turn the system
OUMA044046 cle. Some objects may not be on, press the button again. (The
The rear parking assist system detected by the sensors, due to indicator on the button will go off.)
assists the driver during backward the object's size or material.
If the vehicle is moving at a speed
movement of the vehicle by chiming if over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system
any object is sensed within a distance may not be activated correctly.
of 120 cm (47 in.) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system
and it is not intended to nor does it
replace the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The sensing
range and objects detectable by the
back sensors are limited. Whenever
backing-up, pay as much attention to
what is behind you as you would in a
vehicle without a rear parking assist
system.

4 109
Features of your vehicle

This system will activate when Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of
backing up with the ignition switch When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm rear parking assist system
ON. (47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear The rear parking assist system
If the vehicle is moving at a speed bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- may not operate properly when:
over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system tently.
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
may not be activated correctly. When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm will operate normally when the
The sensing distance while the (24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear moisture has been cleared.)
back-up warning system is in oper- bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre-
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
ation is approximately 120 cm (47 quently.
matter, such as snow or water, or
in.) at the rear bumper center area, When an object is within 30 cm (12 the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
60 cm (23.5 in.) at the rear bumper in.) of the rear bumper: operate normally when the materi-
both side area.
Buzzer sounds continuously. al is removed or the sensor is no
When more than two objects are longer blocked.)
sensed at the same time, the clos-
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
est one will be recognized first.
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4. Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motor-
cycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing

4 110
Features of your vehicle

The detecting range may decrease Rear parking assist system NOTICE
when: precautions This system can only sense objects
1. The sensor is covered with foreign The rear parking assist system within the range and location of the
matter such as snow or water. may not sound consistently sensors. It cannot detect objects in
(The sensing range will return to depending on the speed and other areas where sensors are not
normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. installed. Also, small or slim objects,
2. Outside air temperature is The rear parking assist system may such as poles or objects located
extremely hot or cold. malfunction if the vehicle bumper between sensors may not be detected
height or sensor installation has by the sensors.
The following objects may not be been modified or damaged. Any Always visually check behind the
recognized by the sensor: non-factory installed equipment or vehicle when backing up.
accessories may also interfere with Be sure to inform any drivers of the
1. Sharp or slim objects such as vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
ropes, chains or small poles. the sensor performance.
the system regarding the systems
2. Objects which tend to absorb the The sensor may not recognize capabilities and limitations.
sensor frequency such as clothes, objects less than 40 cm (15 in.)
spongy material or snow. from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
1 m (40 in.) in height and narrower When the sensor is frozen or cov-
than 14 cm (6 in.) in diameter. ered with snow, dirt, or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until the
material is removed using a soft
cloth.
Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.

4 111
Features of your vehicle

Self-diagnosis
If you dont hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently when shifting the gear to the
R (Reverse) position, this may indi-
cate a malfunction in the rear parking
assist system. If this occurs, have
your vehicle checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occu-
pants due to a rear parking assist
system malfunction. Always drive
safely and cautiously.

4 112
Features of your vehicle

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)


This system is a supplemental sys- If your vehicle is equipped with
tem that shows behind the vehicle AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation)
through the rearview display mirror system, rearview display will show
while backing up unless equipped behind the vehicle through the
with a navigation system, then will AVN monitor while backing-up.
display on the screen. Refer to a separately supplied
The rearview camera may be turned manual for detailed information.
off by pressing the ON/OFF button
when the rearview camera is activated. WARNING - Backing &
OUMA044049
To turn the camera on again, press using camera
the ON/OFF button again when the Never rely solely on the rear view
ignition switch is on and the shift camera when backing. You must
lever in R (Reverse). Also, the cam- always use methods of viewing
era will turn on automatically when- the area behind you including
ever the ignition switch is turned off looking over both shoulders as
and on again. well as continuously checking all
This system is a supplementary three rear view mirrors. Due to
function only. It is the responsibility the difficulty of ensuring that the
of the driver to always check the area behind you remains clear,
inside/outside rearview mirrors and always back slowly and stop
OUMA046050 the area behind the vehicle before immediately if you even suspect
The rearview camera will activate and while backing up because that a person, and especially a
with the ignition switch ON and the there is a dead zone that can't be child, might be behind you.
shift lever in the R (Reverse) position. seen by the camera.
Always keep the camera lens
clean. If lens is covered with for-
eign matter, the camera may not
operate normally.

4 113
Features of your vehicle

360 CAMERA MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Operating conditions If the 360 camera monitoring sys-
- When the Engine Start/Stop tem is not operating normally, the
Button is ON position system should be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.
- When the transaxle is on D, N or R
When the vehicle moves over
- When the vehicle speed is not over 10km/h forward after moving back-
20km/h (12.4 mph) ward, the 360 camera monitoring
When the vehicle speed is over system screen will be turned off.
20km/h (12.4mph), the 360 camera
monitoring system is turned off. If
the vehicle speed is not over 20km/h WARNING
OUMA057230 (12.4mph) after turning off the 360 This system is a supplementary
camera monitoring system by over function only. It is the responsi-
The 360 camera monitoring system speed, the 360 camera monitoring
is not a substitute for proper and safe bility of the driver to always
system is not turned on. To operate check the area around the vehi-
parking procedures. The 360 cam- again, push the button.
era monitoring system may not cle before and while moving.
detect every object surrounding the When the vehicle moves back-
vehicle. Always drive safely and use wards, regardless of On/Off of but-
caution when parking. ton and vehicle speed, the 360
camera monitoring system is oper-
The 360 camera monitoring system ated.
can assist in parking by allowing the
driver to see around the vehicle. When the liftgate and driver/pas-
Push the button into the [ON] posi- senger door are opened and the
tion to operate the system. outside mirror is folded, the warn-
ing is illuminated in 360 camera
To cancel the system, push the but- monitoring system.
ton again.

4 114
Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING
Battery saver function Daytime running light Lighting control
The purpose of this feature is to The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
prevent the battery from being dis- can make it easier for others to see the
charged if the lights are left in the front of your vehicle during the day.
ON position. The system automati- DRL can be helpful in many different
cally shuts off the parking lights 30 driving conditions, and it is especially
seconds after the ignition key is helpful after dawn and before sunset.
removed and the drivers door is The DRL system will turn the dedi-
opened and closed. cated lamp OFF when:
With this feature, the parking lights 1. The headlight or fog lamp switch is
will turn off automatically if the driver ON.
parks on the side of the road at night
and opens the drivers side door. 2. The engine is OFF.
OUM044055
If necessary, to keep the parking The light switch has a Headlight and
lights on when the ignition key is a Parking light position.
removed, perform the following:
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
1) Open the driver-side door. the end of the control lever to one of
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and the following positions:
ON again using the light switch (1) OFF position
on the steering column.
(2) Auto light position (if equipped)
(3) Parking & Tail light
(4) Headlight position

4 115
Features of your vehicle

Parking & Tail light ( ) Headlight position ( ) Auto light position (if equipped)

OUMA046056 OUMA046054 OUMA046057

When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head- It will operate when the ignition is in
ing light position, the tail, license and light position, the head, tail, license "ON" or the engine is running.
instrument panel lights will turn ON. lights will turn ON. Select the light switch to "AUTO",
and the light will turn on or off
NOTICE depending on the ambient light
detected by the sensor (1).
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.

4 116
Features of your vehicle

High beam operation


WARNING - High beams
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other drivers vision.

OUM044058

OUM044059 To flash the headlights, pull the lever


towards you. It will return to the nor-
To turn on the high beam headlamp, mal (low beam) position when
push the lever away from you. The released. The headlight switch does
lever will return to its original position. not need to be on to use this flashing
The high beam indicator will light feature.
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.

4 117
Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the NOTICE
signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in If an indicator flash is abnormally
position (B). The lever will return to quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
the OFF position when released. out or have a poor electrical connec-
If an indicator stays on and does not tion in the circuit.
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.

One touch turn signal


When changing lanes, move the lane
change switch to the direction you
want briefly. The lane change switch
OUM044060 will move back to the original position
The ignition switch must be on for the but the turn signal will flash three
turn signals to function. To turn on times. This function assists the driver
the turn signals, move the lever up or when changing lanes without press-
down (A). The green arrow indicators ing down on the lane change signal.
on the instrument panel indicate Depending on the vehicle, the driver
which turn signal is operating. They may select or deselect the one touch
will self-cancel after a turn is com- turn signal function. For more details,
pleted. If the indicator continues to please refer to "vehicle settings" in
flash after a turn, manually return the chapter 4.
lever to the OFF position.

4 118
Features of your vehicle

Front fog light (if equipped) Check headlight NOTICE


When replacing the bulb, use the
same wattage bulb.
For more information, refer to
BULB WATTAGE in chapter 8.

OUM044061 OUMA044425

Fog lights are used to provide This warning message illuminates if


improved visibility when visibility is there is a malfunction (burned-out
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The bulb except LED lamp or circuit mal-
fog lights will turn on when the fog light function) with the headlamp. In this
switch (1) is turned to the on position case, have your vehicle inspected by
after the headlight is turned on. an authorized Kia dealer.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.

4 119
Features of your vehicle

Headlight leveling device AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting If the AFLS malfunction indicator
(if equipped) System) (if equipped) comes on, the AFLS is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe
Automatic type location and restart the engine. If the
To ensure the proper headlight beam indicator continuously remains on,
is used under various conditions, the have system be checked by an
headlight beam levels are automati- authorized Kia dealer.
cally adjusted depending on the
number of passengers, the weight in
the trunk, and other driving condi-
tions.

NOTICE
If it does not work properly even OUMA046057
though your car is inclined backward
according to passenger's posture, or Adaptive front lighting system uses
the headlight beam is irradiated to the steering angle and vehicle
the high or low position, have the sys- speed, to keep your field of vision
tem be inspected by an authorized wide by swiveling and leveling the
Kia dealer. headlamp.
Do not attempt to inspect or replace Change the switch to the AUTO posi-
the wiring yourself. tion when the engine is running. The
adaptive front lighting system will
operate when the headlamp is ON.
To turn off the AFLS, change the
switch to other positions. After turn-
ing the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling
no longer occurs, but leveling oper-
ates continuously.

4 120
Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS


Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the igni-
tion switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to this (MIST)
position and release it. The
wipers will operate continu-
ously if the lever is held in this
position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in light rain or mist.
OUMA044063/OUMA046340 To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
A : Wiper speed control (front) D : Rear wiper/washer control*
LO : Normal wiper speed
MIST Single wipe HI Continuous wipe
HI : Fast wiper speed
OFF Off LO Intermittent wipe*
INT Intermittent wipe OFF Off
LO Low wiper speed
NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of
HI High wiper speed E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)* snow or ice on the windshield, defrost
* if equipped the windshield for about 10 minutes,
B : Intermittent control wipe time or until the snow and/or ice is
adjustment removed before using the windshield
wipers to ensure proper operation.
C : Wash with brief wipes (front)*

4 121
Features of your vehicle

Auto control (if equipped) To vary the speed setting, turn the
speed control knob (1). CAUTION
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO When washing the vehicle, set
mode when the ignition switch is ON, the wiper switch in the OFF
the wiper will operate once to per- position to stop the auto wiper
form a self-check of the system. Set operation.
the wiper to OFF position when the The wiper may operate and be
wiper is not in use. damaged if the switch is set in
the AUTO mode while washing
the vehicle.
CAUTION
Do not remove the sensor
Rain sensor When the ignition switch is ON cover located on the upper
and the windshield wiper switch end of the passenger side
OUMA044224 is placed in the AUTO mode, use windshield glass. Damage to
The rain sensor located on the upper caution in the following situa- system parts could occur and
end of the windshield glass senses tions to avoid any injury to the may not be covered by your
the amount of rainfall and controls hands or other parts of the vehicle warranty.
the wiping cycle for the proper inter- body:
val. The more it rains, the faster the (Continued)
Do not touch the upper end of
wiper operates. When the rain stops, the windshield glass facing
the wipers stop. the rain sensor.
Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.

4 122
Features of your vehicle

Front windshield washers The reservoir filler neck is located in


(Continued)
the front of the engine compartment
When starting the vehicle in on the passenger side.
winter, set the wiper switch in
the OFF position. Otherwise,
wipers may operate and ice CAUTION - Washer pump
may damage the windshield To prevent possible damage to
wiper blades. Always remove the washer pump, do not oper-
all snow and ice and defrost ate the washer when the fluid
the windshield properly prior reservoir is empty.
to operating the windshield
wipers.
When tinting the windshield, WARNING - Obscured
be careful of any fluid getting OUMA044068 visibility
into the sensor located in the In the OFF position, pull the lever Do not use the washer in freez-
top center of the front wind- gently toward you to spray washer ing temperatures without first
shield. It may damage the fluid on the windshield and to run the warming the windshield with
related parts. wipers 1-3 cycles. the defrosters; the washer solu-
Use this function when the wind- tion could freeze on the wind-
shield is dirty. shield and obscure your vision.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.

4 123
Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and wash-


CAUTION - Wipers & er switch
windshields
To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
OUMA044069
To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo- Push the lever away from you to
nents, do not attempt to move OUMA044067
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
the wipers manually. rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue
switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever.
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI : Continuous wipe
LO : Intermittent wipe
OFF : OFF

4 124
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHTS
Do not use the interior lights for Automatic turn off function Room lamp
extended periods when the engine is (if equipped) Type A
not running.
The interior lights automatically turn
It may cause battery discharge. off approximately 20 minutes after
the ignition switch is turned off, if the
WARNING - Interior lights are in the ON position.
Lights If your vehicle is equipped with the
Do not use the interior lights theft alarm system, the interior lights
when driving in the dark. automatically turn off approximately
Accidents could happen 3 seconds after the system enters
because the view may be armed stage.
OUM044071
obscured by interior lights. Type B

OUM044072

: The light stays on at all times.

4 125
Features of your vehicle

Map lamp (1) : NOTICE


Type A The DOOR mode and ROOM mode
- The map lamp and room lamp can not be selected at the same time.
come on when a door is opened.
The lamps go out after approxi- (2):
mately 30 seconds. The map lamp stays on at all times.
- The map lamp and room lamp
come on for approximately 30 sec-
onds when doors are unlocked (3):
with a transmitter or smart key as The map lamp of drivers side stays
long as the doors are not opened. on at all times.
OUM046070 - The map lamp and room lamp will
Type B
stay on for approximately 20 min- (4):
utes if a door is opened with the
The map lamp of passengers side
ignition switch in the ACC or
stays on at all times.
LOCK/OFF position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ignition switch in
the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
OUM044070 go out immediately if the ignition
switch is changed to the ON posi-
Press the lens (A) to turn the map
tion or all doors are locked.
lamp on.
- To turn off the DOOR mode, press
To turn the map lamp off, press the
the DOOR button (1) once again
lens (A) again.
(not pressed).

4 126
Features of your vehicle

Luggage lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Glove box lamp

OUM044074 OUMA044432 OUM044073

: The light comes on when the Opening the lid of the vanity mirror The glove box lamp comes on when
liftgate is opened. will automatically turn on the mirror the glove box is opened.
: The light stays off at all times. light. To prevent unnecessary charging
: The light stays on at all system drain, close the glove box
times. * The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- securely after using the glove box.
cle may differ from the illustration.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror


lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before return-
ing the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
possible sunvisor damage.

4 127
Features of your vehicle

WELCOME SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Headlight (Headlamp) escort Interior light Pocket lamp (if equipped)
function When the interior light switch is in the When all doors are locked and
The headlights (and/or taillights) DOOR position and all doors (and lift- closed, the pocket lamp will come on
remain on for approximately 5 min- gate) are locked and closed, the for 15 seconds if any of the below is
utes after the ignition key is removed room lamp will come on for 30 sec- performed.
or turned to the ACC or LOCK posi- onds if any of the below is performed. With the smart key system
tion. However, if the drivers door is Without smart key system - When the door unlock button is
opened and closed, the headlights
- When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key.
are turned off after 15 seconds.
pressed on the transmitter. - When the button of the outside
The headlights can be turned off by
With the smart key system door handle is pressed.
pressing the lock button on the trans-
mitter or smart key twice or turning - When the door unlock button is
off the light switch from the headlight pressed on the smart key. At this time, if you press the door lock
or Auto light position. - When the button of the outside button, the lamps will turn off imme-
door handle is pressed. diately.

At this time, if you press the door lock


button, the lamps will turn off imme-
diately.

4 128
Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster To activate the rear window
CAUTION - Conductors defroster, press the rear window
To prevent damage to the con- defroster button located in the center
ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on
surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu-
never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON.
window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of
abrasives to clean the window. snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
If you want to defrost and defog the The rear window defroster automati-
front windshield, refer to Windshield cally turns off after approximately 20
defrosting and defogging in this sec- minutes or when the ignition switch is
tion. OUM044145
turned off. To turn off the defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
The defroster heats the window to again.
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
Outside rearview mirror defroster
running.
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.

Wiper de-icer (if equipped)


If your vehicle is equipped with the
wiper deicer, it will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear win-
dow defroster.

4 129
Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Type A
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Front windshield defroster button
3. Rear window defroster button
4. Air conditioning button
5. MAX A/C (Max air conditioning) button
6. Mode selection button
7. Air intake control button
Type B 8. Temperature control knob
9. 3rd row seat Air conditioning ON/OFF
button*
10. 3rd row seat Air conditioning Fan
speed control knob*

* If equipped

Type C NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ignition
switch is in the ACC position could cause
the battery to discharge. Only operate
the blower when the ignition switch is in
the ON position with the engine running.

OUMA044147/OUMA044146/OUM044177

4 130
Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning


1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position (if
equipped).
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.

OUM044149L

4 131
Features of your vehicle

Mode selection
Floor/Defrost-Level
Face-Level (B, D) (A, C, D, E, F)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small
outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window
air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F) Defrost-Level (A, D)

OUM044148 Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
The mode selection button controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air
the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window
the ventilation system. defrosters.
Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor-Level (A, C, D, E, F)
board outlets, or windshield. Five
symbols are used to represent MAX
A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor- Most of the air flow is directed to the
Defrost and Defrost air position. floor, with a small amount of the air
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool being directed to the windshield and
the inside of the vehicle faster. side window defrosters.

4 132
Features of your vehicle

MAX A/C selection Temperature control

OUM044151

OUM044233L
Instrument panel vents OUM044152
To select the MAX A/C, turn the fan The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows
speed control knob to the right then closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the
press the MAX A/C button. wheel (if equipped). air flowing from the ventilation system.
Air flow is directed toward the upper Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the
body and face. air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the
the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm and
In this mode, the air conditioning and hot air or left position for cooler air.
the recirculated air position will be
selected automatically.

4 133
Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position Sunroof inside air recirculation
With the recirculated air (if equipped)
Type A
position selected, air If the sunroof opens while the heater
from the passenger or Air Conditioning system is operat-
compartment will be ing, the outside (fresh) air will be
drawn through the heat- selected automatically for ventilating
ing system and heated the car. Then, if you select the recir-
or cooled according to culated air position, the outside
the function selected. (fresh) air will be selected automati-
cally after 3 minutes.
Outside (fresh) air position If you close the sunroof, the intake
OUM044153 With the outside (fresh) mode will be changed to the previous
Type B air position selected, air selected mode.
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the WARNING - Reduced
function selected. visibilty
Continued use of the climate
control system in the recirculat-
NOTICE ed air position may allow
Prolonged operation of the heater in humidity to increase inside the
the recirculated air position (without vehicle which may fog the glass
OUM044153L air conditioning selected) may cause and obscure visibility.
fogging of the windshield and side win-
The air intake control is used to dows and the air within the passenger
select the outside (fresh) air position compartment may become stale. In
or recirculated air position. addition, prolonged use of the air con-
To change the air intake control posi- ditioning with the recirculated air
tion, press the control button. position selected will result in exces-
sively dry air in the passenger com-
partment.
4 134
Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control To turn off the blowers


WARNING - Sleeping
with AC on
Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on as this may cause
serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level and/or
body temperature.

WARNING - Recirculated
air OUM044154 OUMA044341
Continuous use of the climate The ignition switch must be in the ON To turn off the blowers, turn the fan
control system in the recirculat- position for fan operation. speed control knob to the "0" position.
ed air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and The fan speed control knob allows
loss of vehicle control. Set the you to control the fan speed of the air
air intake control to the outside flowing from the ventilation system.
(fresh) air position as much as To change the fan speed, turn the
possible while driving. knob to the right for higher speed or
left for lower speed.

4 135
Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning 3rd row air conditioning 2.The third row A/C system can be
(if equipped) separately controlled by the control
buttons in the third row. When the
A/C is ON or OFF, the third row A/C
control button in the front row will
turn ON or OFF, informing the front
passengers of the situation.
3.The fan speed of the third row air
conditioning can also be separate-
ly controlled by turning the fan
speed control knob.

OUM044155
Press the A/C button to turn the air OUM044156
conditioning system on (indicator To turn on the third row air condition-
light will illuminate). Press the button ing control system
again to turn the air conditioning sys-
1.You can operate the third row air
tem off.
conditioning system from the first
row control panel. Changing the front
rows fan speed by turning the con-
trol knob will automatically change
the third rows fan speed as well.
When the front row air conditioning
has been turned off and you want
to stop the A/C in the third row,
press the third row air conditioning
select button one more time. Then,
the third rows A/C will also turn off.

4 136
Features of your vehicle

System operation Operation Tips Air conditioning


Ventilation To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Kia Air Conditioning Systems are
from entering the vehicle through filled with refrigerant*.
1. Set the mode to the position.
the ventilation system, temporarily 1. Start the engine. Push the air con-
2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position. ditioning button.
recirculated air position. Be sure to
3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air 2. Set the mode to the position.
desired position. position when the irritation has 3. Set the air intake control to the
4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the outside air or recirculated air posi-
desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv- tion.
er alert and comfortable. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and
Air for the heating/cooling system temperature control to maintain
Heating is drawn in through the grilles just maximum comfort.
1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care The refrigerant system should only
2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not be serviced by trained and certified
outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or technicians to insure proper and
3. Set the temperature control to the other obstructions. safe operation.
desired position. To prevent interior fog on the wind- The refrigerant system should be
4. Set the fan speed control to the shield, set the air intake control to serviced in a well-ventilated place.
desired speed. the fresh air position and fan speed The air conditioning evaporator
to the desired position, turn on the (cooling coil) shall never be repaired
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust
turn the air conditioning system (if or replaced with one removed from
the temperature control to desired a used or salvaged vehicle and new
equipped) on. temperature. replacement MAC evaporators shall
If the windshield fogs up, set the be certified (and labeled) as meet-
mode to the or position. ing SAE Standard J2842.

4 137
Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips When using the air conditioning
CAUTION - Excessive AC If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water
When using the air conditioning direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the
system, monitor the tempera- open the windows for a short time ground under the passenger side
ture gauge closely while driving to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-
up hills or in heavy traffic when escape. tem operation characteristic.
outside temperatures are high. To help reduce moisture on the Operating the air conditioning sys-
Air conditioning system opera- inside surface of the windows on tem in the recirculated air position
tion may cause engine over- rainy or humid days, decrease the provides maximum cooling, how-
heating. Continue to use the humidity inside the vehicle by oper- ever, continual operation in this
blower fan but turn the air con- ating the air conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the
ditioning system off if the tem- vehicle to become stale.
perature gauge indicates engine During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally During cooling operation, you may
overheating. occasionally notice a misty air flow
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and
NOTICE pressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal
When opening the windows in system operation characteristic. system operation characteristic.
humid weather air conditioning may Use the air conditioning system
create water droplets inside the every month only for a few minutes
vehicle. Since excessive water to ensure maximum system per-
droplets may cause damage to elec- formance.
trical equipment, air conditioning
should only be used with the win-
dows closed.

4 138
Features of your vehicle

Climate control air filter NOTICE Checking the amount of air


(if equipped) Replace the filter according to the conditioner refrigerant and
Maintenance Schedule. compressor lubricant
Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in When the amount of refrigerant is
severe conditions such as dusty or low, the performance of the air con-
Recirculated
rough roads, more frequent cli- ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
air mate control air filter inspections has a negative influence on the air
and changes are required. conditioning system.
When the air flow rate suddenly Therefore, if abnormal operation is
decreases, we recommend that the found, have the system inspected by
system should be checked at an an authorized Kia dealer.
Blower authorized Kia dealer.
Climate control Heater core
Evaporator
air filter core
1LDA5047

The climate control air filter installed


behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, we recommend that the cli-
mate control air filter be replaced by
an authorized Kia dealer.

4 139
Features of your vehicle

WARNING
The oil and refrigerant in your
vehicle's air conditioning sys-
tem is under very high pres-
sure. If proper service proce-
dures are not followed an explo-
sion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
the air conditioning system in
your vehicle should only be
serviced by trained and certi-
fied technicians.

CAUTION - AC Repair
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrig-
erant is used, otherwise damage
to the vehicle may occur. To pre-
vent damage, the air conditioning
system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.

4 140
Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


Front climate control (Type A)

1. Driver`s temperature control knob


2. Air conditioning button
3. Blower OFF button
4. Front windshield defroster button
5. Rear window defroster button
6. Fan speed control button
7. Mode selection button
8. Air intake control button
9. Passenger`s temperature control knob
10. SYNC button
11. A/C display
Front climate control (Type B) 12. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button*
* if equipped

NOTICE
Operating the blower when the ignition
switch is in the ACC position could cause
the battery to discharge. Only operate
the blower when the ignition switch is in
the ON position with the engine running.

OUMA044157/OUMA044158

4 141
Features of your vehicle

Front climate control (Type C)

1. Driver`s temperature control knob


2. Air conditioning button
3. Blower OFF button
4. Front windshield defroster button
Front climate control (Type D) 5. Rear window defroster button
6. Fan speed control button
7. Mode selection button
8. Air intake control button
9. Passenger`s temperature control knob
10. SYNC button
11. Climate button
12. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button*
13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed control
3rd row air conditioning control knob*

* if equipped

OUMA046234/OUMA046235/OUM044177

4 142
Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- Drivers side Passengers side NOTICE
ditioning To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection button
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The AUTO
sign will illuminate on the infor-
OUMA044162 mation display once again.)
2. Turn the temperature control knob - Air intake control button
to the desired temperature. - Fan speed control switch
OUMA044159
The selected function will be con-
1. Press the AUTO button. The trolled manually while other func-
modes, fan speeds, air intake and tions operate automatically.
air-conditioning will be controlled For your convenience and to
automatically by setting the tem- improve the effectiveness of the
perature. climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23C (73F).

4 143
Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection


tioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pressing
buttons or turning knob(s) other than
the AUTO button. In this case, the
system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons or knob(s)
selected.
1. Start the engine.
OUM044075 2. Set the mode to the desired posi-
tion.
NOTICE OUM044160
For improving the effectiveness of
Never place anything over the sensor heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls
located on the instrument panel to the direction of the air flow through
ensure better control of the heating - Heating:
the ventilation system.
and cooling system. - Cooling:
The air flow outlet port is converted
3. Set the temperature control to the as follows:
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed. Refer to the illustration in the
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn Manual climate control system.
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.

4 144
Features of your vehicle

Face-Level Floor-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air
outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and
air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.

Bi-Level Floor/Defrost-Level
OUM044161
Defrost-Level
Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the
and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small Most of the air flow is directed to the
amount directed to the side window windshield with a small amount of air
defrosters. directed to the side window defrosters.

4 145
Features of your vehicle

Temperature control
Drivers side Passengers side

OUM044151 OUMA044163
Instrument panel vents OUMA044162
Adjusting the driver and passenger
The outlet vents can be opened or side temperature equally
The temperature will increase to the
closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to Press the SYNC button to adjust
wheel (if equipped). the extreme right. the driver and passenger side tem-
Also, you can adjust the direction of perature equally.
The temperature will decrease to the
air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to The passenger side temperature
the vent control lever as shown. the extreme left. will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
When turning the knob, the tempera-
ture will increase or decrease by Turn the driver side temperature
0.5C/1F. When set to the lowest control knob. The driver and pas-
temperature setting, the air condi- senger side temperature will be
tioning will operate continuously. adjusted equally.
When the third rows seat heater
button is turned ON, the third rows
climate and fan speed setting will
automatically follow the first row
settings.

4 146
Features of your vehicle

Adjusting the driver and passenger Air intake control Outside (fresh) air position
side temperature individually Type A, C With the outside (fresh)
Type A, C
Press the SYNC button again to air position selected, air
adjust the driver and passenger enters the vehicle from
side temperature individually. The outside and is heated or
illumination of button turns off. cooled according to the
Operate the driver side tempera- function selected.
ture control knob to adjust the driv-
er side temperature.
Operate the passenger side tem- OUMA044165
perature control knob to adjust the Type B, D
passenger side temperature. Recirculated air position
Type B, D With the recirculated air
position selected, air
Temperature conversion from the passenger
You can switch the temperature compartment will be
mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit drawn through the heat-
as follows: ing system and heated
While pressing the OFF button, or cooled according to
press the AUTO button for 3 seconds OUMA044164 the function selected.
or more. This is used to select the outside
The display will change from (fresh) air position or recirculated air
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from position.
Fahrenheit to Centigrade. To change the air intake control posi-
If the battery has been discharged or tion, push the control button.
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.

4 147
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE Fan speed control Air conditioning


Prolonged operation of the heater in
the recirculated air position (with-
out air conditioning selected) may
cause fogging of the windshield and
side windows and the air within the
passenger compartment may
become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated
air position selected will result in OUM044166L
excessively dry air in the passenger
compartment.
OUMA044168

Sunroof inside air recirculation Press the A/C button to turn the air
(if equipped) conditioning system on (indicator
light will illuminate).
If the sunroof opens while the heater
or Air Conditioning system is operat- Press the button again to turn the air
ing, the outside (fresh) air will be conditioning system off.
selected automatically for ventilating OUM044191L
the car. Then, if you select the recir-
culated air position, the outside The fan speed can be set to the
(fresh) air will be selected automati- desired speed by operating the fan
cally after 3 minutes. speed control button.
If you close the sunroof, the intake To change the fan speed, press ( )
mode will be changed to the previous the button for higher speed, or push
selected mode. ( ) the button for lower speed. To
turn the fan speed control off, press
the front blower OFF button.

4 148
Features of your vehicle

OFF mode Climate information screen 3rd row air conditioning


selection (if equipped) (if equipped)

OUMA044169
Press the front blower OFF button to OUM044211L OUM044156
turn off the front air climate control Press the climate information screen To turn on the third row air condition-
system. However, you can still oper- selection button to display climate ing control system
ate the mode and air intake buttons information on the screen.
as long as the ignition switch is in the
ON position.

4 149
Features of your vehicle

1.You can operate the third row air System operation Operation Tips
conditioning system from the first To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
row control panel. Changing the front
Ventilation
from entering the vehicle through
rows fan speed by pressing the con- 1. Set the mode to the position. the ventilation system, temporarily
trol button will automatically change 2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the
the third rows fan speed as well. outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to
When the front row air conditioning 3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air
has been turned off and you want desired position. position when the irritation has
to stop the A/C in the third row, 4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the
press the third row air conditioning desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driv-
select button one more time. Then, er alert and comfortable.
the third rows A/C will also turn off. Air for the heating/cooling system
2.The third row A/C system can be Heating is drawn in through the grilles just
separately controlled by the control 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care
buttons in the third row. When the 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not
A/C is ON or OFF, the third row A/C outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
control button in the front row will other obstructions.
3. Set the temperature control to the
turn ON or OFF, informing the front desired position. To prevent interior fog on the wind-
passengers of the situation. shield, set the air intake control to
4. Set the fan speed control to the
3.The fan speed of the third row air the fresh air position and fan speed
desired speed.
conditioning can also be separate- to the desired position, turn on the
ly controlled by turning the fan 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust
speed control knob. turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired
equipped) on. temperature.
If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.

4 150
Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning (if equipped) Air conditioning system operation tips


All Kia Air Conditioning Systems are CAUTION - Excessive A/C If the vehicle has been parked in
filled with R-134a refrigerant. When using the air condition- direct sunlight during hot weather,
1. Start the engine. Press the air con- ing system, monitor the tem- open the windows for a short time
ditioning button. perature gauge closely while to let the hot air inside the vehicle
driving up hills or in heavy escape.
2. Set the mode to the position. traffic when outside tempera- To help reduce moisture inside of
3. Set the air intake control to the out- tures are high. Air condition- the windows on rainy or humid
side air or recirculated air position. ing system operation may days, decrease the humidity inside
4. Adjust the fan speed control and cause engine overheating. the vehicle by operating the air
temperature control to maintain Continue to use the blower fan conditioning system.
maximum comfort. but turn the air conditioning
system off if the temperature During air conditioning system
When maximum cooling is desired, gauge indicates engine over- operation, you may occasionally
set the temperature control to the heating. notice a slight change in engine
extreme left position, set the mode speed as the air conditioning com-
control to the MAX A/C position, When opening the windows in pressor cycles. This is a normal
then set the fan speed control to humid weather air condition- system operation characteristic.
the highest speed. ing may create water droplets
inside the vehicle. Since Use the air conditioning system
excessive water droplets may every month only for a few minutes
cause damage to electrical to ensure maximum system per-
equipment, air conditioning formance.
should only be used with the
windows closed.

4 151
Features of your vehicle

When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter NOTICE
system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) Replace the filter every 24,000 km
dripping (or even puddling) on the (15,000 miles) or once a year.
ground under the passenger side If the vehicle is being driven in
of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- Outside air
severe conditions such as dusty or
tem operation characteristic. rough roads, more frequent air
Recirculated
Operating the air conditioning sys- air conditioner filter inspections and
tem in the recirculated air position changes are required.
provides maximum cooling, how- When the air flow rate suddenly
ever, continual operation in this decreases, the system should be
mode may cause the air inside the checked at an authorized Kia
vehicle to become stale. Blower dealer.
During cooling operation, you may Climate control Heater core
Evaporator
occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core
1LDA5047
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed
system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust or
other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system. If
dust or other pollutants accumulate in
the filter over a period of time, the air
flow from the air vents may decrease,
resulting in moisture accumulation on
the inside of the windshield even
when the outside (fresh) air position is
selected. If this happens, have the cli-
mate control air filter replaced by an
authorized Kia dealer.

4 152
Features of your vehicle

Checking the amount of air


conditioner refrigerant and WARNING
compressor lubricant The oil and refrigerant in your
When the amount of refrigerant is vehicle's air conditioning sys-
low, the performance of the air con- tem is under very high pres-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also sure. If proper service proce-
has a negative impact on the air con- dures are not followed an explo-
ditioning system. sion may result. To reduce the
risk of serious injury or death,
Therefore, if abnormal operation is the air conditioning system in
found, have the system inspected by your vehicle should only be
an authorized Kia dealer. serviced by trained and certi-
fied technicians.

CAUTION
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrig-
erant is used, otherwise damage
to the vehicle may occur. To pre-
vent damage, the air conditioning
system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.

4 153
Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING


For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set
difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
ature of the outside air and the tion.
windshield could cause the Before driving, clear all snow and
outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win-
to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows.
selection to the position
Clear all snow and ice from the
and fan speed control to the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to OUMA044170
lower speed.
improve heater and defroster effi-
ciency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
ty of fogging up the inside of the position.
windshield. 2. Select desired temperature.
3. Select the or position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-
ditioning will be selected automat-
ically.
If the air conditioning and/or outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, press the correspon-
ding button manually.

4 154
Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control If the air conditioning and outside
system (fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the correspon-
To defog inside windshield ding button manually. If the posi-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OUMA044171
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position. OUMA044172

2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
extreme hot position. position.
3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
ditioning will be selected automat- 4. The outside (fresh) air position will
ically. be selected automatically and the
If the air conditioning is not selected air conditioning will turn on
automatically press the correspon- according to the detected ambient
ding button manually. temperature.

4 155
Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic Manual climate control system


To reduce the possibility of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning is con-
trolled automatically according to
certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel or return to the
defogging logic, do the following.

OUMA044173 OUMA044403
1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. position.
2. Set the temperature to the 2. Turn the fan speed control knob to
extreme hot (HI) position. the OFF (0) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Turn the mode selection knob to
4. The outside (fresh) air position will the defrost position ( ).
be selected automatically and the 4. Push the air intake control button
air conditioning will turn on ( ) at least 5 times within 3 sec-
according to the detected ambient onds.
temperature. If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.

4 156
Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system If the battery has been discharged or Auto defogging system
disconnected, it resets to the defog (if equipped)
logic status.

OUMA044404
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON OUMA044405
position. Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
2. Select the defroster position press- ity of fogging up the inside of the
ing the defroster button ( ). windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture of inside the windshield.
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake The auto defogging system operates
control button at least 5 times with- when the heater or air conditioning is
in 3 seconds. on.
The recirculation indicator blinks 3
times with 0.5 second of interval. It
indicates that the defogging logic is
canceled or returned to the pro-
grammed status.

4 157
Features of your vehicle

CLEAN AIR (IF EQUIPPED)


This indicator illuminates To cancel or reset the Auto Defogging
when the auto defogging System
system senses the mois- Press the front windshield defroster
ture on the inside of the button for 3 seconds when the igni-
windshield and operates. tion switch is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
If more moisture is in the vehicle, canceled, ADS OFF symbol will blink
higher steps operate as follow. For 3 times and the ADS OFF will be dis-
example if auto defogging does not played on the climate control infor-
defog inside the windshield at step 1 mation screen.
Outside air position, it tries to defog When the Auto Defogging System is
again at step 2 Blowing air toward reset, ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 OUM044174L
the windshield. times without a signal. When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the clean air function turns
Step 1 : Outside air position NOTICE on automatically.
Step 2 : Blowing air toward the wind- Also, the clean air function turns off
If the A/C off or recirculated air
shield automatically, when the ignition
position is manually selected while
switch turns to the OFF position.
Step 3 : Increasing air flow toward the auto defogging system is on, the
the windshield auto defogging indicator will blink 3
times to give notice that manual
Step 4 : Operating the air conditioning
operation is canceled.
Step 5 : Maximizing the air condi-
tioning
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the pas-
senger side windshield glass.
Damage to the system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.

4 158
Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.

To avoid possible theft, do not


leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
Always keep the storage compart-
ment covers closed while driving.
Do not attempt to place so many
items in the storage compartment
that the storage compartment
cover can not close securely. OUM044076 OUM044077

To open the center console storage, The glove box can be locked and
WARNING - Flammable pull up the lever. unlocked with a master key. (if
materials equipped)
Do not store, propane cylinders To open the glove box, push the but-
or other flammable/explosive ton (1) and the glove box will auto-
materials in the vehicle. These matically open. Close the glove box
items may catch fire and/or after use.
explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.

4 159
Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder Luggage box


WARNING Type A
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.

NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in
the warm or hot position, warm or
hot air will flow into the glove box. OUM044079
Type B (if equipped)
OUM044078

To open the sunglass holder, press


the cover and the holder will slowly
open. Place your sunglasses with the
lenses facing out.
To close the sunglass holder push it up.

WARNING - Sunglass
holder OUM044181
Do not keep objects except sun-
glasses inside the sunglass You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-
holder. Heavier objects can be tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for
thrown from the holder in the easy access.
event of a sudden stop or an Grasp the handle on the edge of the
accident, possibly injuring the cover and lift it.
passengers.

4 160
Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder Front Center (if equipped)
Type A

WARNING - Hot liquids


Do not place uncovered cups
with hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle. OUMA054211 OUM044241L
Front Rear (if equipped)
Type B

CAUTION
When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not dry the cup holder at
high temperature. This may
damage the cup holder.

OUM044240L OUM044242L

Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders.

4 161
Features of your vehicle

Bottle holder Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under condi-
tions where the operation of the seat
Front seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the "OFF" position.
Each time you press the switch,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows :
OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( )


OUMA047175 The seat warmer defaults to the
Rear seat OFF position whenever the ignition
OUM044243L
switch is turned on.
Bottles may be placed in the holder.
NOTICE
NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the
Only bottles should be placed in the ON position, the heating system in
holder labeled "Bottles Only." the seat turns off or on automatical-
ly depending on the seat tempera-
ture.
OUM044096

The seat warmer is provided to warm


the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.

4 162
Features of your vehicle

Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) The seat warmer (with air ventila-
WARNING - Seat heater (if equipped) tion) defaults to the OFF position
burns whenever the ignition switch is
The seat warmer may cause turned on.
burns, even at low tempera-
tures, if used over a long period CAUTION - Seat damage
of time. Never allow passengers
who may not be able to take When cleaning the seats, do
care of themselves to be not use an organic solvent
exposed to the risk of seat such as paint thinner, ben-
heater burns. These include: zene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the air
1. Infants, children, elderly or ventilation seat.
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients Do not place heavy or sharp
OUMA047176 objects on the seat. Those
2. Persons with sensitive skin things may damage the air
or those that burn easily The temperature setting of the seat
changes according to the switch ventilation seat.
3. Fatigued individuals position. Be careful not to spill liquid
4. Intoxicated individuals If you want to cool your seat cush- such as water or beverages on
5. Individuals taking medication ion, press the switch (blue color). the seat. If you spill some liquid,
that can cause drowsiness or Each time you press the button, wipe the seat with a dry towel.
sleepiness (sleeping pills, the airflow will change as follows: Before using the air ventilation
cold tablets, etc.) seat, dry the seat completely.
OFFHIGH( )MIDDLE( )LOW( )

4 163
Features of your vehicle

Sunvisor * The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehi- Power outlet


cle may differ from the illustration.
Front

CAUTION - Vanity mirror


lamp
If you use the vanity mirror lamp,
turn off the lamp before return-
ing the sunvisor to its original
position, otherwise it could
result in battery discharge and
possible sunvisor damage.
OUM044084
2nd row (if equipped)
OHG040168

Use the sunvisor to shield direct light


through the front or side windows.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor for the side win-
dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension for- OUM044085L
ward or backward (3).
The power outlet is designed to pro-
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the vide power for mobile telephones or
visor and slide the mirror cover (4). other devices designed to operate
The ticket holder (5) is provided for with vehicle electrical systems. The
holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped) devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.

4 164
Features of your vehicle

Use the power outlet only when the Plug in battery equipped electri- AC inverter (if equipped)
engine is running and remove the cal/electronic devices with reverse
accessory plug after use. Using the current protection. The current
accessory plug for prolonged peri- from the battery may flow into the
ods of time with the engine off could vehicles electrical/electronic sys-
cause the battery to discharge. tem and cause system malfunc-
Only use 12V electric accessories tion.
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
WARNING - Electric shock
Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
Do not put a finger or a foreign
to the lowest operating level when
element (pen, etc.) into a power
using the power outlet. OUMA044179
outlet and do not touch with a
Close the cover when not in use. wet hand. You may get an elec-
Some electronic devices can cause tric shock.
electronic interference when
plugged into a vehicles power out-
let. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunc-
tions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
Push the plug in as far as it will go.
If good contact is not made, the OUMA046098
plug may overheat and the fuse
may open. The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipment.

4 165
Features of your vehicle

If you wish to use the AC inverter, To prevent the battery from being dis-
press the AC inverter button while charged, do not use the AC inverter
the engine is running. The light on while the engine is not running.
the AC inverter button will illuminate. When not using the AC inverter,
If you press the AC inverter button make sure to turn off the AC inverter
again, the AC inverter will be deacti- (the indicator on the button does not
vated and the light on the AC invert- illuminate) and close the AC inverter
er button will turn off. cover.
After using an electric accessory or
NOTICE equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving
After pressing the AC inverter but- the accessory or equipment plugged
OUMA046410 in for a long time may cause battery
ton ON, the indicator lamp illumina-
tion will be delayed, while the sys- NOTICE discharge.
tem conducts a self-check. Rated voltage : AC 115V Do not use an electric accessory or
Maximum electric power : 150W equipment the power consumption of
In order to avoid an electrical sys- which is greater than 150W (115V).
tem failure, electric shock, etc., be When the AC inverter input voltage is
sure to read owner's manual less than 11.3V, the LED light will
before use. blink and automatically turn off the
Be sure to close the cover except power.
for when in use. AC inverter will operate as normal
when the voltage is increased.
When the AC inverter input voltage
is less than 10.7V, the LED light
and power will turn off. The AC
inverter will operate as normal
when the voltage is increased after
pressing AC inverter button again.

4 166
Features of your vehicle

While the power consumption of USB charger (if equipped) The battery charging state may be
some electrical devices/appliances monitored on the electrical device.
Front
may be within the AC inverters Disconnect the USB cable from the
electric power range, it may mal- USB port after use.
function in below cases.
Some devices are not supported
for fast charging but will be
- If the device/appliance requires charged with normal speed.
high electric power for initial start Use the USB charger when the
up engine is running to prevent bat-
- If the device/appliance processes tery discharge.
precise/very accurate data Only devices that fit the USB port
OUMA044406
- If the device/appliance requires Rear can be used.
very stable supply of electricity The USB charger can be used only
for battery charging purposes.
CAUTION - Electric acces- Battery chargers cannot be
sory devices charged.
Do not use broken electric
accessories which may dam-
age the AC inverter and elec-
trical systems of the vehicle.
Do not use two or more electric OUM044178L
accessories at the same time. It
may cause damage to the elec- The USB charger is designed to
trical systems of the vehicle. recharge batteries of small size elec-
trical devices using a USB cable. The
electrical devices can be recharged
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in ACC/ON/START position.

4 167
Features of your vehicle

Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor (s)


WARNING (if equipped)

OPS046500
OUM044086
This actual feature may differ from the illus- Do not hang other objects such OXM043309
tration. as hangers or hard objects When using a floor mat on the front
except clothes. Also, do not put floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
To use the hanger, pull down the heavy, sharp or breakable the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
upper portion of hanger. objects in the clothe pockets. In cle. This keeps the floor mat from
an accident or when the curtain sliding forward.
air bag is inflated, it may cause
CAUTION - Hanging vehicle damage or personal
clothing injury.
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
those may damage the hook.

4 168
Features of your vehicle

The following must be observed Side curtain (if equipped) Luggage net holder
when installing ANY floor mat to the (if equipped)
vehicle.
Type A
Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
Do not use ANY floor mat that can-
not be firmly attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchors.
Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rub- OUM044088
ber mat on top of a carpeted floor OUM044087 Type B
mat). Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position. To use the side curtain:
IMPORTANT Your vehicle was 1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1).
manufactured with driver's side floor 2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on
mat anchors that are designed to both sides of the handle.
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal To avoid injury or damage to the side
operation, Kia recommends that only curtain and door moldings, lower
the Kia floor mat designed for use in side curtain by the handle all the way
your vehicle be installed. back to the stowed position. Do not OUM044089
release handle after disengaging To keep items from shifting in the
from the hooks on the door. cargo area, you can use the holders
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
If necessary, we recommend that
you contact an authorized Kia dealer.

4 169
Features of your vehicle

CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehi-
cle, care should be taken when
carrying fragile or bulky objects
in the luggage compartment.

WARNING - Luggage net


To avoid eye injury, DO NOT
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage nets
recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
gage net when the strap has vis-
ible signs of wear or damage.

4 170
Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped)
CAUTION - Loading Roof WARNING - Driving with
Rack roof load
When carrying large objects Always drive slow and turn cor-
on the roof rack, make sure ners carefully when carrying
they do not exceed the overall items on the roof rack. The vehi-
roof length or width. cle center of gravity will be
When you are carrying cargo higher when items are loaded
on the roof rack, do not operate onto the roof rack.
the sunroof (if equipped).
Always drive slowly and turn corners
The following specification is the carefully when carrying items on the
OUM044095 roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
maximum weight that can be
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can loaded onto the roof rack. caused by passing vehicles or natu-
load cargo on top of your vehicle. Distribute the load as evenly as ral causes, can cause sudden
possible on the roof rack and upward pressure on items loaded on
secure the load firmly. the roof rack. This is especially true
NOTICE when carrying large, flat items such
If the vehicle is equipped with a sun- ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) as wood panels or mattresses. This
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
roof, be sure not to position cargo could cause the items to fall off the
onto the roof rack in such a way that Loading cargo or luggage in roof rack and cause damage to your
it could interfere with sunroof oper- excess of the specified weight limit vehicle or others around you.
ation. on the roof rack may damage your To prevent damage or loss of cargo
vehicle. while driving, check frequently
before or while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.

4 171
Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM
If you install aftermarket HID head Antenna
lamps, your vehicles audio and elec- CAUTION - Antenna
Pole Type Shark fin type
tronic devices may malfunction. Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna pole
by rotating it counterclockwise.
If not, the antenna may be dam-
aged.

When reinstalling your roof anten-


na, it is important that it is fully
tightened and adjusted to the
OUM044339L/OANNMM2901 upright position to ensure proper
Pole antenna reception.
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to When cargo is loaded on the roof
receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig- rack, do not place the cargo near
nals. the antenna pole to ensure proper
reception.
This antenna pole is removable. To
remove the roof antenna pole, turn it
counterclockwise. To install the roof
antenna pole, turn it clockwise.

Shark fin antenna


The shark fin antenna will receive the
AM, FM broadcast signals and
transmit data.

4 172
Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel remote When pressed and held (over 0.8 (5) (if equipped)
controller seconds). When pressed shortly.
- FM, AM mode : Automatically - When pressed in the phone screen,
searches broadcast frequencies displays call history screen.
and channels.
- When pressed in the dial screen,
- CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode : makes a call.
Rewinds or fast forwards the track - When pressed in the incoming call
or file. screen, answers the call.
- When pressed while another
(3) MUTE incoming call is waiting, switches to
Mutes audio volume. waiting call (Call Waiting).
When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec-
OUMA046409 onds).
(4) MODE
(1) VOLUME - When pressed in the Bluetooth
Each time this key is pressed, the Wireless Technology Handsfree
Used to control volume. mode is changed in order of FM1, wait mode, redials the last call.
FM2, AM, CD, USB (iPod), AUX, My
- When pressed during a Bluetooth
(2) SEEK Music, BT Audio.
Wireless Technology Handsfree
When pressed shortly (under 0.8 If the media is not connected or a call, switches call back to mobile
seconds). disc is not inserted, corresponding phone (Private).
- FM, AM mode : Searches broad- modes will be disabled. - When pressed while calling on the
cast frequencies saved to presets. Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec- mobile phone, switches call back to
- CD, USB, iPod, My Music, onds) to turn the audio system on/off. Bluetooth Wireless Technology
Bluetooth Wireless Technology When power is off, press the key to Handsfree (Operates only when
Audio mode : Changes the track, file. turn power back on. Bluetooth Wireless Technology
Handsfree is connected).

4 173
Features of your vehicle

(6) (if equipped) AUX, USB port * iPod is a Registered trademark of


Ends phone call. Apple Inc. iPod mobile digital
device sold separately. Connectivity
may require use of the Kia acces-
(7) (if equipped) sory cable.
When pressed shortly.
- Starts voice recognition.
- When selected during a voice
WARNING - Distracted
driving
prompt, stops the prompt and con-
verts to voice command waiting Driving while distracted can
state. result in a loss of vehicle con-
trol that may lead to an acci-
When pressed and held (over 0.8 sec-
dent, severe personal injury,
onds). OUM044044L and death. The drivers primary
- Ends voice recognition. responsibility is in the safe and
If your vehicle has an AUX and/or
The Bluetooth word mark and USB(universal serial bus) port, you legal operation of a vehicle, and
logos are registered trademarks can use the AUX port to connect use of any handheld devices,
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and audio devices and the USB port to other equipment, or vehicle sys-
any use of such marks by Kia is plug in a USB device or iPod. tems which take the drivers
under license. Other trademarks eyes, attention and focus away
and trade names are those of their from the safe operation of a
respective owners. A compatible NOTICE vehicle or which are not permis-
Bluetooth enabled cell phone is When using a portable audio device sible by law should never be
required to use Bluetooth Wireless connected to the power outlet, noise used during operation of the
Technology. may occur during playback. If this vehicle.
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.

4 174
Features of your vehicle

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception
the distance from the radio station,
FM reception closeness of other strong radio sta-
tions or the presence of buildings,
bridges or other large obstructions in
the area.

JBM002

JBM001
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broad-
AM and FM radio signals are broad- casts. This is because AM radio
cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre-
around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance,low
ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the
cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than
the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they
speakers. curve around obstructions resulting
However, in some cases the signal in better signal coverage.
coming to your vehicle may not be
strong and clear.

4 175
Features of your vehicle

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005


FM broadcasts are transmitted at Fading - As your vehicle moves Station Swapping - As an FM sig-
high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power-
follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency
of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because
begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto
from the station. Also, FM signals are stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs,
easily affected by buildings, moun- Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a
tains, and obstructions. This can large obstructions between the stronger signal.
lead to undesirable or unpleasant lis- transmitter and your radio can dis- Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
tening conditions which might lead turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever-
you to believe a problem exists with fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion
your radio. The following conditions the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by
are normal and do not indicate radio effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from
trouble: the same station, or by signals
from two stations with close fre-
quencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition
has passed.

4 176
Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two-


way radio WARNING - Cell phone WARNING - Audio System
When a cellular phone is used inside use Do not disassemble, assemble,
the vehicle, noise may be produced Do not use a cellular phone or modify the audio system.
from the audio system. This does not while driving. Stop at a safe Such acts could result in fire or
mean that something is wrong with location to use a cellular phone. electric shock.
the audio equipment. In such a case,
try to operate mobile devices as far
from the audio equipment as possi- WARNING - Driver WARNING - Antenna
ble. Distraction Do not touch the antenna dur-
Do not stare at the screen ing thunder or lightening as
When using a communication sys- while driving. Staring at the such acts may lead to lightning
tem such as a cellular phone or a screen for prolonged periods induced electric shock.
radio set inside the vehicle, a sepa- of time could lead to traffic
rate external antenna must be fitted. accidents.
When a cellular phone or a radio set Using the phone while driving CAUTION
is used with an internal antenna may lead to a lack of attention
alone, it may interfere with the vehi- of traffic conditions and Refrain from use if the screen is
cle's electrical system and adversely increase the likelihood of blank or no sound can be heard
affect safe operation of the vehicle. accidents. Use the phone fea- as these signs may indicate
ture after parking the vehicle. product malfunction.

4 177
Features of your vehicle

Adjust the volume to levels that Turn on the car ignition before
allow the driver to hear sounds using the audio system. Do not CAUTION
from outside of the vehicle. Driving operate the audio system for long Do not subject the device to
in a state where external sounds periods of time with the ignition severe shock or impact. Direct
cannot be heard may lead to acci- turned off; such operations may lead pressure onto the front side of
dents. to battery discharge. the monitor may cause damage
Pay attention to the volume setting In case of product malfunction, to the LCD or touch screen.
when turning the device on. A sud- please contact your place of pur- When cleaning the device,
den output of extreme volume chase or After Service center. make sure to turn off the
upon turning the device on could Placing the audio system within an audio system and use a dry
lead to hearing impairment. (Adjust and smooth cloth. Never use
electromagnetic environment may
the volume to a suitable levels tough materials, chemical
before turning off the device.) result in noise interference.
cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
benzene, thinners, etc.) as
such materials may damage
the device panel or cause
color/quality deterioration
Do not place beverages close
to the audio system. Spilling
beverages may lead to system
malfunction.
Prevent caustic solutions such
as perfume and cosmetic oil
from contacting the dashboard
because they may cause dam-
age or discoloration.

4 178
Features of your vehicle

USING THE USB DEVICE (Continued) (Continued)


To use an external USB device, An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not You may hear a strange noise
make sure the device is not con- recognizable. when connecting or disconnecting
nected when starting up the vehi- Depending on the condition of the a USB device.
cle. Connect the device after start- external USB device, the connect- If you disconnect the external USB
ing up. ed external USB device can be device during playback in USB
If you start the engine when the unrecognizable. mode, the external USB device
USB device is connected, it may When the formatted byte/sector can be damaged or may malfunc-
damage the USB device. (USB setting of External USB device is tion. Therefore, disconnect the
flashdrives are very sensitive to not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE, external USB device when the
electric shock.) then the device will not be recog- audio is turned off or in another
If the engine is started up or turned nized. mode. (e.g, Radio)
off while the external USB device is Use only a USB device formatted Depending on the type and capac-
connected, the external USB to FAT 12/16/32. ity of the external USB device or
device may not work. the type of the files stored in the
USB devices without USB I/F device, there is a difference in the
The System may not play unau- authentication may not be recog-
thenticated MP3 or WMA files. time for recognition the device.
nizable.
1) It can only play MP3 files with Do not use the USB device for pur-
Make sure the USB connection ter- poses other than playing music
the compression rate between minal does not come in contact
8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. files.
with the human body or other
2) It can only play WMA music files objects. Playing videos through the USB is
with the compression rate not supported.
If you repeatedly connect or dis-
between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. connect the USB device in a short Use of USB accessories such as
Take precautions for static electrici- period of time, it may break the rechargers or heaters using USB
ty when connecting or disconnect- device. I/F may lower performance or
ing the external USB device. cause trouble.
(Continued)
(Continued) (Continued)

4 179
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) USING iPod DEVICE


If you use devices such as a USB Some USB flash memory readers iPhone is a registered trademark of
hub purchased separately, the (such as CF, SD, micro SD, etc.) or Apple inc.
vehicles audio system may not external-HDD type devices can be Some iPod models may not sup-
recognize the USB device. In that unrecognizable. port communication protocol and
case, connect the USB device Music files protected by DRM (DIGI- files may not play properly.
directly to the multimedia terminal TAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are
of the vehicle. Supported iPod models:
not recognizable.
If the USB device is divided by log- - iPhone 3GS/4 or latest model
The data in the USB memory may
ical drives, only the music files on be lost while using this audio. - iPod touch 1st~4th generation
the highest-priority drive are recog- Always back up important data on - iPod nano 1st~6th generation
nized by car audio. a personal storage device. - iPod classic
Devices such as MP3 Player/ Please avoid using
Cellular phone/Digital camera can The order of search or playback of
USB memory products songs in the iPod can be different
be unrecognizable by standard which can be used as
USB I/F can be unrecognizable. from the order searched in the
key chains or cellular audio system.
Charging through the USB may not phone accessories as they could
be supported in some mobile cause damage to the USB jack. If the iPod is disabled due to its
devices. Please make certain only to use own malfunction, reset the iPod.
plug type connector products. (Reset: Refer to iPod manual)
USB HDD or USB types liable to
connection failures due to vehicle An iPod may not operate normally
vibrations are not supported. (i-stick on low battery.
type) (Continued)
Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can
be unrecognizable.
(Continued)

4 180
Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) Bluetooth Wireless


Some iPod devices, such as the When connecting iPod with the Technology(if equipped)
iPhone, can be connected iPod Power Cable, insert the con-
through the Bluetooth Wireless nector to the multimedia socket
Technology interface. The device completely. If not inserted complete- Bluetooth Wireless Technology
must have audio Bluetooth ly, communications between iPod The Bluetooth word mark and logos
Wireless Technology capability and audio may be interrupted. are registered trademarks owned by
(such as for stereo headphone When adjusting the sound effects Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of
Bluetooth Wireless Technology ). of the iPod and the audio system, such marks by Kia is under license.
The device can play, but it will not the sound effects of both devices A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is
be controlled by the audio system. will overlap and might reduce or required to use Bluetooth Wireless
To use iPod features within the distort the quality of the sound. Technology.
audio mode, use the cable provid- Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
ed upon purchasing an iPod function of an iPod when adjust- WARNING
device. ing the audio systems volume, and Driving while distracted can
Skipping or improper operation turn off the equalizer of the audio result in a loss of vehicle control
may occur depending on the char- system when using the equalizer of that may lead to an accident,
acteristics of your iPod/iPhone an iPod. severe personal injury, and
device. When not using iPod with car death. The drivers primary
If your iPhone is connected to audio, detach the iPod cable from responsibility is in the safe and
both the Bluetooth Wireless iPod. Otherwise, iPod may remain legal operation of a vehicle, and
Technology and USB, only iPod in accessory mode, and may not use of any handheld devices,
mode will be supported during work properly. other equipment, or vehicle sys-
Bluetooth Audio Streaming. To use tems which take the drivers
Bluetooth Audio Streaming, dis- eyes, attention and focus away
connect iPod cable with iPhone. from the safe operation of a vehi-
(Continued) cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used
during operation of the vehicle.

4 181
Features of your vehicle

Before Using the Bluetooth Precautions for Safe Driving When connecting a Bluetooth
Wireless Technology Phone
Handsfree
Bluetooth Handsfree is a feature
that enables drivers to practice Before connecting the head unit
What is Bluetooth ? safe driving. Connecting the head with the mobile phone, check to
unit with a Bluetooth phone allows see that the mobile phone sup-
Bluetooth refers to a short-dis- ports Bluetooth features.
tance wireless networking technolo- the user to conveniently make and
gy which uses a 2.4GHz ~ 2.48GHz receive calls and use contacts. Even if the phone supports Bluetooth,
frequency to connect various Before using Bluetooth, carefully the phone will not be found during
devices within a certain distance. read the contents of this users device searches if the phone has
manual. been set to hidden state or the
Supported within PCs, external Bluetooth power is turned off.
devices, Bluetooth phones, PDAs, Excessive use or operations while
driving may lead to negligent driving Disable the hidden state or turn on
various electronic devices, and auto- the Bluetooth power prior to
motive environments, Bluetooth practices and result in accidents.
searching/connecting with the Head
allows data to be transmitted at high Refrain from excessive operations unit.
speeds without having to use a con- while driving.
nector cable. If you do not want an automatic con-
Viewing the screen for prolonged nection with your Bluetooth device,
Bluetooth Handsfree refers to a periods of time is dangerous and turn off the Bluetooth feature with-
device which allows the user to may lead to accidents. When driv- in your mobile phone.
conveniently make phone calls with ing, view the screen only for short
Bluetooth mobile phones through periods of time. The Handsfree call volume and
the audio system. quality may differ depending on the
mobile phone.
Bluetooth Handsfree may not be
supported in some mobile phones.To
learn more about mobile device com-
patibility, visit http://www.kia.com/
us/en/content/owners/bluetooth.

4 182
Features of your vehicle

Park the vehicle when connecting Voice Recognition (Continued)


the head unit with the mobile (if equipped) - When driving on rugged and
phone. uneven roads
Bluetooth connection may become When using the voice recognition - During severe rain (heavy rains,
intermittently disconnected in some feature, only commands listed windstorms)
mobile phones. Follow these steps within the user's manual are sup-
to try again. Phone related voice commands can
ported. be used only when a Bluetooth
1. Within the mobile phone, turn Be aware that during the operation Wireless Technology device is con-
the Bluetooth function off/on of the voice recognition system, nected.
and try again. pressing any key other than the When making calls by stating a
2. Turn the mobile phone power key terminate voice recogni- name, the corresponding contact
Off/On and try again. tion mode. must be downloaded and stored
3. Completely remove the mobile For optimal voice recognition per- within the audio system.
phone battery (if possible), formance, position your head After downloading the Bluetooth
reboot, and then try again. below the microphone above the Wireless Technology phone book,
4. Reboot the audio system and try drivers seat and maintain proper it takes some time to convert the
again. position when speaking voice com- phone book data into voice infor-
mands. mation. During this time, voice
5. Delete all paired devices, pair
and try again. Within the following situations, recognition may not properly oper-
voice recognition may not function ate.
properly due to external sound. Pronounce the voice commands
- When the windows and sunroof naturally and clearly as if in a nor-
are open mal conversation.
- When the blower AC/heater is set
to high
- When entering and passing through
tunnels
(Continued)

4 183
Features of your vehicle

Standard Audio System

4 184
Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM CONTROLLERS (2) RADIO (4) PHONE


AND FUNCTIONS Changes to FM/AM/SiriusXM mode. Operates Phone Screen
Each time the key is pressed, the When a phone is not connected,
mode is changed in order of FM1 the connection screen is dis-
Audio Head Unit FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SAT3. played.
In Setup>Display, the radio pop up
screen will be displayed when (5) POWER/VOL knob
[Mode Pop up] is turned On .
Power : Turns power On/Off by
When the pop up screen is dis- pressing the knob
played, use the TUNE knob or
keys 1 ~ 6 to select the Volume : Sets volume by turning
desired mode. the knob left/right

TRACK
(3) MEDIA (6) SEEK ,
Changes to CD, USB(iPod), AUX, Radio Mode : Automatically search-
My Music, BT Audio mode. es for broadcast frequencies.
Each time the key is pressed, the CD, USB, iPod, My Music modes
mode is changed in order of CD, - Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec-
USB(iPod), AUX, My Music, BT onds): Moves to next or previous song
Audio. (file)
(1) (EJECT)
In Setup>Display, the media pop - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec-
Ejects the disc. up screen will be displayed when onds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the
[Mode Pop up] is turned On . current song.
When the pop up screen is dis- BT Audio mode : Moves to next or
played, use the TUNE knob or previous song(file)
keys 1 ~ 5 to select the
desired mode. The Play/Pause feature may oper-
ate differently depending on the
mobile phone.
4 185
Features of your vehicle

- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 (11) TUNE knob
seconds): Previews the broadcasts
saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 Radio mode : Changes frequency by
seconds each. turning the knob left/right.
Press the SCAN key again to CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode:
continue listening to the current Searches songs (files) by turning the
frequency. knob left/right.
SAT Radio does not support the When the desired song is dis-
Preset scan feature. played, press the knob to play the
song.
CD, USB, My Music mode
Moves focus in all selection menus
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 and selects menus.
seconds): Previews each song
(file) for 10 seconds each. FOLDER
(12) CAT ,
Press the SCAN key again to
continue listening to the current Radio Mode
(7) DISP song (file). - SiriusXM RADIO : Category Search
It sets the screen Off Screen On MP3 CD, USB mode : Folder Search
Screen Off SETUP
(9) CLOCK
Audio operation is maintained and
only the screen will be turned Off. Moves to the Display, Sound, Clock, (13) 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
In the screen Off state, press any Phone, System setting modes. Radio Mode: Saves frequencies
key to turn the screen On again. (channels) or receives saved fre-
(10) MENU quencies (channels)
(8) SCAN Displays menus for the current mode. CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode
Radio Mode iPod List : Move to parent category - 1 RPT : Repeat
- Shortly press the key : Previews - 2 RDM : Random
each broadcast for 5 seconds In the Radio, Media, Setup, and
each. Menu pop up screen, the number
menu is selected.
4 186
Features of your vehicle

SETUP Mode Pop up


[Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off
selection mode
Display Settings During On state, press the RADIO
SETUP
or MEDIA key to display the mode
Press the CLOCK key Select change pop up screen.
[Display] through TUNE knob or
1 RPT key Select menu through
Media Display
TUNE knob
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from Folder/File
or Album/Artist/Song.

4 187
Features of your vehicle

SOUND SETTINGS

SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Sound]
through TUNE knob or 2 RDM key
Select menu through TUNE knob

Speed Dependent Volume Control


This feature is used to automatically
control the volume level according to
the speed of the vehicle.
Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set
[Off/On] of TUNE knob
Tone Position
This menu allows you to set the This menu allows you to set the Voice Recognition Volume
Bass, Middle, Treble. Fader, Balance. Adjusts voice recognition volume.
Select [Tone] Select menu through Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set
Select [Position] Select menu volume of TUNE knob
TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob through TUNE knob Turn
left/right to set TUNE knob left/right to set

Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the Fader, Balance : Selects the sound
sound tone. fader and balance.
Default : Restores default settings. Default : Restores default settings.
Return : While adjusting values, Return : While adjusting values,
pressing the TUNE knob will pressing the TUNE knob will
restore the parent menu. restore the parent menu.

4 188
Features of your vehicle

CLOCK SETTINGS Clock Settings Adjust the number currently in


focus to make the settings and
This menu is used to set the time.
press the tune knob to move to
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select [Clock] Select [Clock Settings] Set through the next setting.
through TUNE knob or 3 key TUNE knob Press TUNE knob
Select menu through TUNE knob Time Format
This function is used to set the 12/24
hour time format of the audio sys-
tem.
Select [Time Format] Set 12Hr /
24Hr through TUNE knob.
Adjust the number currently in
focus to set the [hour] and press
the tune knob to set the [minute] Clock Display when Power is OFF
and [AM/PM]. Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off)] Set
On / Off through TUNE knob
Calendar Settings On : Displays time/date on screen
This menu is used to set the date. Off : Turn off.
Select [Calendar Settings] Set through
WARNING - Clock Setting TUNE knob Press TUNE knob
Distraction
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. You may lose your
steering control and cause
severe personal injury or acci-
dents.

4 189
Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information Off : This mode is for expert users
Displays currently used memory and and omits some information during
total system memory. voice command operation. (When
SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select using Expert mode, guidance
[System] Select menu through Select [Memory Information] OK instructions can be heard through
TUNE knob The currently used memory is dis- the [Help] or [Menu] commands.
played on the left side while the total
system memory is displayed on the
right side. Language
This menu is used to set the display
and voice recognition language.
Select [Language]
Set through TUNE knob

Prompt Feedback
This feature is used to change voice
command feedback between Normal
and Expert modes. The system will reboot after the
Select [Prompt Feedback] Set language is changed.
through TUNE knob Language support by region
On : This mode is for beginner - English, Francais, Espanol
users and provides detailed
instructions during voice command
operation.

4 190
Features of your vehicle

RADIO : FM, AM or SiriusXM Preset SEEK Selecting through manual


Press the 1 ~ 6 key search
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 Turn the TUNE knob left/right to
seconds): Plays the frequency adjust the frequency.
saved in the corresponding key.
Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6
will save the currently playing
broadcast to the selected key and
SEEK sound a BEEP.
TRACK
Press the SEEK , key
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 SCAN
seconds): Automatically searches
Press the SCAN key
for the next station.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
Pressing and holding the key (over
seconds): The broadcast frequency
0.8 seconds): While holding the key,
increases and previews each
frequency changes without stop-
broadcast for 5 seconds each. After
ping. When the key is released,
scanning all frequencies, returns
automatically searches for the next
and plays the current broadcast fre-
frequency from that point.
quency.
Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Previews the broad-
casts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds each.

4 191
Features of your vehicle

MENU
Within MENU key are the A.Store
(Auto Store) and Info functions.

A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through TUNE knob or 1 RPT key.
Saves broadcasts with superior
reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no
frequencies are received, then the
most recently received frequency will
be broadcast.

4 192
Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM Satellite Radio up and keep luggage and other For information on extended sub-
material as far away from the anten- scription terms, contact SiriusXM at
information na as possible. 1-888-539-7474.
Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build-
Satellite Radio channels: ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway over-
passes, parking garages, dense NOTE:
Enjoy SiriusXM Satellite Radio with a 3- tree foliage and thunderstorms can SiriusXM services require a sub-
month trial subscription to the Sirius interfere with your reception. scription sold separately, or as a
Select package. Youll get over 140 package, by Sirius XM Radio Inc. If
channels, including commercial-free you decide to continue service
music, plus all your favorite sports, SiriusXM Satellite Radio serv-
ice: after your trial, the subscription
exclusive talk, entertainment, and a plan you choose will automatical-
selection of premium programming. For SiriusXM is a subscription-based ly renew thereafter and you will be
more information and a complete list of satellite radio service that broadcasts charged according to your chosen
SiriusXM channels, visit siriusxm.com music, sports, news and entertain- payment method at then-current
in the United States, siriusxm.ca in ment programming to radio receivers,
which are available for installation in rates. Fees and taxes apply. To
Canada, or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539- cancel you must call SiriusXM at
7474. motor vehicles or factory installed, as
well as for the home, portable and 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM
wireless devices, and through an Customer Agreement for com-
Satellite Radio reception factors: Internet connection on a personal plete terms at www.siriusxm.com.
computer. SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data
To receive the satellite signal, your
vehicle has been equipped with a Vehicles that are equipped with a fac- services are available only in the
satellite radio antenna located on the tory installed SiriusXM Satellite Radio 48 contiguous USA, DC and PR
roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof system include: (with coverage limitations).
provides the best location for an unob- Hardware and an introductory trial SiriusXM satellite service is also
structed, open view of the sky, a subscription term, which begins on available in Canada; see www.sir-
requirement of a satellite radio sys- the date of sale or lease of the vehi- iusxm. ca. All fees and program-
tem. Like AM/FM, there are several cle. ming subject to change. Sirius,
factors that can affect satellite radio For a small upgrade fee, access to XM and all related marks and
reception performance: SiriusXM music channels, and other logos are trademarks of Sirius XM
Antenna obstructions: For optimal select channels over the Internet Radio Inc.
reception performance, keep the using any computer connected to
antenna clear of snow and ice build- the Internet (U.S. customers only).
4 193
Features of your vehicle

SiriusXM RADIO Please note that the vehicle will need SCAN
to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and
Press the RADIO key SCAN
have an unobstructed view of the sky
Using SiriusXM Satellite Radio in order for the radio to receive the Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
activation signal. seconds): Previews each broad-
Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3- cast for 5 seconds each
month trial subscription to SiriusXM
so you have access to over 140 Press the SCAN key again to
SEEK continue listening to the current
channels of music, information, and
Press the RADIO key SEEK , TRACK frequency
entertainment programming.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 If the Category icon is displayed,
seconds): Select previous or next channels are changed within the
channel. current category.
Pressing and holding the key (over Category
0.8 seconds): Continuously move FOLDER
to previous or next channel. Press the CAT , key Set
If the Category icon is displayed, through the TUNE knob
channels are changed within the The display will indicate the catego-
current category. ry menus, highlight the category
Activation
that the current channel belongs to.
In order to extend or reactivate your
Sirius Select subscription, you will In the Category List Mode, press
FOLDER
need to contact SiriusXM Customer the CAT , key to navi-
Care at 1-800-643-2112. Have your gate category list.
12-digit RID (Radio Identification Press the tune knob to select the
Number) / ESN (Electronic Serial lowest channel in the highlighted
Number) ready. To retrieve the RID / category.
ESN, turn on the radio, press the
RADIO key, and tune to channel If channel is selected by selecting
zero. category, then the CATEGORY
icon is displayed at the top of the
screen.
4 194
Features of your vehicle

Preset Tune
Press the RADIO key 1 ~ 6 Rotate TUNE knob : Changes
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 the channel number or scrolls cat-
seconds): Plays the frequency egory list.
saved in the corresponding key. Press TUNE knob : Selects the
Pressing and holding the key (over menu.
0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding
the desired key from 1 ~ 6 Menu
will save the current broadcast to
the selected key and sound a Select category menu through the
BEEP. TUNE knob Press the MENU
key Select [ Info] through the
Troubleshooting TUNE knob or 1 RPT key
1. Antenna Error
If this message is displayed, the Info (Information)
antenna or antenna cable is bro-
ken or unplugged. Please consult Displays the Artist/Song info of the
with your Kia dealership. current song.
2. No Signal
If this message is displayed, it
means that the antenna is covered
and that the SiriusXM Satellite
Radio signal is not available.
Ensure the antenna is uncovered
and has a clear view of the sky.

4 195
Features of your vehicle

BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat


Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB / While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
iPod / My Music
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod, My
Music mode: RPT on screen
Press the MEDIA key to change the To repeat one song (press the key)
<USB>
mode in order of CD USB(iPod) : Repeats the current song.
AUX My Music BT Audio. MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
The folder/file name is displayed on screen
the screen. To repeat folder (pressing twice):
repeats all files within the current
folder.
<My Music> Press the 1 RPT key again to turn
off repeat.
The CD is automatically played
when a CD is inserted. Random
<Audio CD>
The USB music is automatically While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
played when a USB is connected. (RDM) key
Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on
screen
Random (press the key) : Plays all
songs in random order.
<MP3 CD>

4 196
Features of your vehicle

MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on While song (file) is playing SEEK key Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
screen Mode
Shortly pressing the key : Plays the
Folder Random (press the key) : next song. While file is playing CAT (Folder
Plays all files within the current fold- Pressing and holding the key (over Up) key
er in random order. 0.8 seconds): Fast forwards the Searches the next folder.
iPod mode: ALL RDM on screen song.
While file is playing FOLDER (Folder
All Random (press the key) : Plays Down) key
all files in random order. Scan Searches the parent folder.
MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen While song (file) is playing SCAN If a folder is selected by pressing
All Random (pressing twice): Plays key the TUNE knob, the first file
all files in random order. Shortly pressing the key : Scans all within the selected folder will be
Press the 2 RDM key again to turn songs from the next song for 10 played.
off repeat. seconds each. In iPod mode, moves to the
Press the SCAN key again to turn Parent Folder.
Changing Song/File off.
While song (file) is playing
TRACK The SCAN function is not support- Searching Songs (File)
key ed in iPod mode.
Turning TUNE knob : Searches
Shortly pressing the key : Plays the for songs (files)
current song from the beginning. Pressing TUNE knob : Plays
TRACK
If the key is pressed again selected song (file).
within 2 seconds, the previous
song is played.
Pressing and holding the key (over
0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song.

4 197
Features of your vehicle

MENU : Audio CD Information MENU : MP3 CD / USB


Press the Audio CD mode MENU Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the MP3 CD/USB mode
key to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3 MENU key to set the Repeat, Folder
Information features. key to display information of the cur- Random, Folder Repeat, All
rent song. Random, Information, and Copy fea-
Press the MENU key to turn off tures.
info display.

Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
Repeat
key to repeat the current song. Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
Press RPT again to turn off. through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
Press RPT again to turn off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within
the current CD.
Press RDM again to turn off.

4 198
Features of your vehicle

Folder Random Information Copy


Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM] Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the MENU key Set [ Copy]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM through the TUNE knob or 5 through the TUNE knob or 6
key to randomly play songs within the key to display information of the cur- key.
rent song.
current folder. This is used to copy the current song
Press the MENU key to turn off
Press F.RDM again to turn off. info display.
into My Music. You can play the
copied Music in My Music mode.
Folder Repeat If another key is pressed while
copying is in progress, a pop up
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT] asking you whether to cancel
through the TUNE knob or 3 copying is displayed.
key to repeat songs within the cur-
rent folder. If another media is connected or
inserted (USB, CD, iPod, AUX)
Press F.RPT again to turn off. while copying is in progress, copy-
ing is canceled.
All Random Music will not be played while
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM] copying is in progress.
through the TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the
CD/USB.
Press A.RDM again to turn off.

4 199
Features of your vehicle

MENU : iPod Information


In iPod mode, press the MENU key Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
to set the Repeat, Random, Information through the TUNE knob or 3
and Search features. key.
Displays information of the current
song.
Press the MENU key to turn off
info display.

Search
Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] through the TUNE knob or 4
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT key.
key to repeat the current song. Displays iPod category list.
Press RPT again to turn repeat off. Searching iPod category is
MENU key pressed, move to par-
ent category.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs within the currently
playing category in random order.
Press RDM again to turn off.

4 200
Features of your vehicle

MENU : My Music Mode Information Select the file you wish to delete
Press the MENU key Set [ Info] by using the TUNE knob.
In My Music mode, press the MENU through the TUNE knob or 3 Press the MENU key and select
key to set the Repeat, Random, key. the delete menu to delete the
Information, Delete, Delete All, and Displays information of the current selected file.
Delete Selection features. song.
Press the MENU key to turn off Delete All
info display. Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the TUNE knob or 5 key.
Delete Deletes all songs of My Music.
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the TUNE knob or 4 Delete Selection
Repeat key.
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel]
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] Deletes currently playing file
through the TUNE knob or 6
through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT In the play screen, pressing delete key.
key. will delete the currently playing song.
Songs within My Music are selected
Repeats the currently playing song. Deletes file from list and deleted.
Press RPT again to turn repeat off. Select the songs you wish to
delete from the list.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs in random order.
Press RDM again to turn random off.

4 201
Features of your vehicle

After selecting, press MENU key AUX


and select the delete menu. AUX is used to play external MEDIA
currently connected with the AUX
terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start
when an external device is connect-
ed with the AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected,
you can also press the MEDIA key to
change to AUX mode.
My Music
Even if memory is available, a
maximum of 6,000 songs can be
stored.
The same song can be copied up
to 1,000 times.
Memory info can be checked in the
System menu of Setup. AUX mode cannot be started
unless there is an external device
connected to the AUX terminal.

AUX
Fully insert the AUX cable into the
AUX terminal for use.

4 202
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and Bluetooth Wireless Technology
AUDIO logos are registered trademarks audio can be used only when the
owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and [Audio Streaming] of Phone is
any use of such marks by Kia is turned On .
What is Bluetooth Wireless under license. Other trademarks
Technology? and trade names are those of their
Bluetooth Wireless Technology respective owners. A Bluetooth
allows devices to be connected in a enabled cell phone is required to
short distance, including hands-free use Bluetooth Wireless Technology.
devices, stereo headsets, wireless
remote controllers, etc. For more
information, visit the Bluetooth WARNING
Wireless Technology website at Driving while distracted can
www.Bluetooth.com result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
Before using Bluetooth Wireless severe personal injury, and
Technology audio features death. The drivers primary
Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio responsibility is in the safe and
may not be supported depending on legal operation of a vehicle, and
the compatibility of your Bluetooth use of any handheld devices,
Wireless Technology mobile phone. other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the drivers
In order to use Bluetooth Wireless eyes, attention and focus away
Technology audio, you must first from the safe operation of a vehi-
pair and connect the Bluetooth cle or which are not permissible
Wireless Technology mobile phone. by law should never be used dur-
ing operation of the vehicle.

4 203
Features of your vehicle

Starting Bluetooth Wireless Using the Bluetooth Wireless


Technology Audio Technology audio features
Press the MEDIA key to change the Play / Stop
mode in order of CD USB AUX Press the TUNE knob to play and
My Music BT Audio. pause the current song.
If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth
Wireless Technology audio will start
playing.
Audio may not automatically start
playing in some mobile phones.

The title / artist info may not be sup-


ported in some mobile phones.
When it is not supported, no title or
artist will be displayed.
Previous / Next song
Press SEEK or TRACK to play previ-
ous or next song.
The previous song / next song /
play / pause functions may not be
supported in some mobile
phones.

4 204
Features of your vehicle

PHONE Making a call using the Check call history and making calls
Steering-wheel mount controls - Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds)
Before using the Bluetooth Wireless the key on the steering
Technology phone features remote controller.
In order to use Bluetooth Wireless - The call history list will be dis-
Technology phone, you must first played on the screen.
pair and connect the Bluetooth - Press the key again to con-
Wireless Technology mobile phone. nect a call to the selected number.
If the mobile phone is not paired or
connected, it is not possible to
enter Phone mode. Once a phone Redialing the most recently called
is paired or connected, the guid- number
ance screen will be displayed. - Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds)
If Priority is set upon vehicle igni- the key on the steering
tion (IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth The actual features in the vehicle remote controller.
Wireless Technology phone will be may differ from the illustration. - The most recently called number is
automatically connected. Even if redialed.
you are outside, the Bluetooth (1) key : Mutes the microphone
Wireless Technology phone will be during a call when wheel If call history does not exist, a
automatically connected once you pressed. screen asking whether to down-
are in the vicinity of the vehicle. If
you do not want automatic (2) + , - key /scroll wheel : Raises or load call history is displayed. (The
lowers speaker volume. download feature may not be sup-
Bluetooth Wireless Technology ported in some mobile phones)
phone connection, set the (3) key : Activates voice recogni-
Bluetooth Wireless Technology tion.
power to OFF (4) key : Places and transfers
calls.
(5) key : Ends calls or cancels
functions.

4 205
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth Wireless Technology


WARNING
Pairing a Bluetooth
Wireless Driving while distracted can
Technology Device result in a loss of vehicle control
that may lead to an accident,
severe personal injury, and
What is Bluetooth Wireless death. The drivers primary
Technology Pairing? responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and
Pairing refers to the process of syn- use of any handheld devices,
chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless other equipment, or vehicle sys-
Technology phone or device with the tems which take the drivers
car audio system for connection. eyes, attention and focus away
Pairing is necessary to connect and from the safe operation of a vehi-
use the Bluetooth Wireless cle or which are not permissible
Technology feature. by law should never be used dur-
The Bluetooth word mark and logos ing operation of the vehicle.
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth Wireless
Technology.

4 206
Features of your vehicle

Pairing PHONE key / key on 2. Select [OK] button to enter the [Non SSP supported device]
the Steering Remote Controller Pair Phone screen. (SSP: Secure Simple Pairing)
4. After a few moments, a screen is
displayed where the passkey is
When No Devices have been Paired entered. Enter the passkey 0000
1. Press the PHONE key or the to pair your Bluetooth Wireless
key on the steering remote con- Technology device with the car
troller. The following screen is dis- audio system.
played.
1) Vehicle Name : Name of device as
[SSP supported device]
shown when searching from your
Bluetooth Wireless Technology 4. After a few moments, a screen is
device displayed 6 digits passkey.
Check the passkey on your
2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair the
Bluetooth Wireless Technology
device
device and confirm.

3. From your Bluetooth Wireless


Technology device (i.e. Mobile
Phone), search and select your
car audio system.

5. Once pairing is complete, the fol-


lowing screen is displayed.

4 207
Features of your vehicle

Some phones (i.e., iPhone, Android TM


and Blackberry phones) may offer
an option to allow acceptance of all
future Bluetooth connection
requests by default." and "Visit
http://www.kia.com/us/en/content/
owners/bluetooth for additional infor-
mation on pairing your Bluetooth-
enabled mobile phone, and to view a
phone compatibility list.

If Bluetooth Wireless Technology


devices are paired but none are
currently connected, pressing the
PHONE key or the key on the
steering wheel displays the follow-
ing screen. Select [Pair] button to
pair a new device or select
[Connect] to connect a previously
paired device.

4 208
Features of your vehicle

Pairing through [PHONE] Bluetooth Wireless Technology Only Bluetooth Wireless


Setup features supported within the vehi- Technology Handsfree and
cle are as follows. Some features Bluetooth audio related features
SETUP
may not be supported depending are supported.
Press the CLOCK key Select on your Bluetooth Wireless Bluetooth related operations are
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] Technology device. possible only within devices that
Select TUNE knob - Outgoing/Incoming Handsfree support Handsfree or audio fea-
calls tures, such as a Bluetooth
- Operations during a call (Switch Wireless Technology mobile phone
to Private, Switch to call waiting, or a Bluetooth audio device.
MIC on/off) If a connected Bluetooth Wireless
- Downloading Call History Technology device becomes dis-
connected due to being out of
- Downloading Mobile Contacts communication range, turning the
1. The following steps are the same - Bluetooth Wireless Technology device OFF, or a Bluetooth
as those described in the section device auto connection Wireless Technology communica-
"When No Devices have been - Bluetooth Audio Streaming tion error, corresponding
Paired" on the previous page. Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Bluetooth Wireless Technology
Technology devices can be paired devices are automatically
to the Car Handsfree system. searched and reconnected.
Only one Bluetooth Wireless If the system becomes unstable
Technology device can be con- due to communication errors
nected at a time. between the car Handsfree and the
Bluetooth Wireless Technology
Other devices cannot be paired device, reset the device by turning
while a Bluetooth Wireless off and back on again. Upon reset-
Technology device is connected. ting Bluetooth Wireless
Technology device, the system will
be restored.

4 209
Features of your vehicle

After pairing is complete, a con- Connecting a Device From the paired phone list, select the
tacts download request is sent device you want to connect and
once to the mobile phone. Some SETUP
select [Connect].
mobile phones may require confir- Press the CLOCK key Select
mation upon receiving a download [Phone] Select [Phone List]
request, ensure your mobile phone
accepts the connection. Refer to
your phones users manual for
additional information regarding
phone pairing and connections.

1) Connected Phone : Device that is


currently connected
2) Paired Phone : Device that is
paired but not connected

4 210
Features of your vehicle

Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select Priority icon will be displayed when
the phone you want to switch to the the selected phone is set as a pri-
highest priority, then select [Change ority phone.
What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The
It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to
Bluetooth Wireless Technology the highest priority.
devices with the car audio system.
The "Change Priority" feature is used
to set the connection priority of
paired phones.

SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Phone List]

4 211
Features of your vehicle

Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device When deleting the currently con-


nected device, the device will auto-
SETUP SETUP
matically be disconnected to pro-
Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select ceed with the deleting process.
[Phone] Select [Phone List] [Phone] Select [Phone List] If a paired Bluetooth Wireless
Technology device is deleted, the
devices call history and contacts
data will also be deleted.
To re-use a deleted device, you
must pair the device again.

From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the
currently connected device and device you want to delete and select
select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.

4 212
Features of your vehicle

If you select the [Call History] but- Answering Calls


USING Bluetooth Wireless ton but there is no call history data,
Technology a prompt is displayed which asks
to download call history data. Answering a Call
Phone Menu Screen If you select the [Contacts] button Answering a call with a Bluetooth
but there is no contacts data Wireless Technology device connect-
stored, a prompt is displayed which ed will display the following screen.
Phone Menus
asks to download contacts data. To accept the call, press key on
With a Bluetooth Wireless
This feature may not be supported the steering wheel while the call is
Technology device connected, press
in some mobile phones. For more incoming.
the SETUP
CLOCK key to display the Phone
menu screen. information on download support,
refer to your mobile phone users
manual.

1) Caller : Displays the other partys


name when the incoming caller is
1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used
saved within your contacts
contacts can be saved for easy
access. 2) Incoming Number : Displays the
incoming number
2) Call History : Displays the call his-
tory list screen
3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts
list screen
4) Setup : Displays Phone related
settings.

4 213
Features of your vehicle

NOTICE Favorites Call History


When an incoming call pop-up is
displayed, most Audio and SETUP
mode features are disabled. Only Press the PHONE key Select Press the PHONE key Select [Call
the call volume will operate. [Favorites] History]
The telephone number may not be
properly displayed in some mobile
phones.

1) Saved favorite contact : Connects A list of incoming, outgoing and


call upon selection missed calls is displayed.
2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- Call history may not be saved in the call
tacts can be saved as favorite. history list in some mobile phones.
Calls received with hidden caller ID will
To save Favorite, contacts should not be saved in the call history list.
be downloaded. Calling through the call history is not
Contact saved in Favorites will not possible when there is no call history
be automatically updated if the stored or a Bluetooth Wireless
contact has been updated in the Technology phone is not connected.
phone. To update Favorites, delete Up to 50 received, dialed and missed
the Favorite and create a new calls are stored in Call History.
Favorite. Time of received/dialed calls and call
time information are not stored in Call
History.

4 214
Features of your vehicle

Contacts Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your It is not possible to begin down-


Bluetooth Wireless Technology loading a contact list when the con-
phone can be downloaded into the tact download feature has been
Press the PHONE key Select car contacts. Contacts that have turned off within the Bluetooth
[Contacts] been downloaded to the car cannot Wireless Technology device. In
be edited or deleted on the phone. addition, some devices may
Mobile phone contacts are man- require device authorization upon
aged separately for each paired attempting to download contacts. If
Bluetooth Wireless Technology downloading does not normally
device (max 5 devices x 1,000 con- occur, check the Bluetooth
tacts each). Previously down- Wireless Technology device set-
loaded data is maintained even if tings or the screen state.
the Bluetooth Wireless The contacts download feature
The list of saved phone book entries Technology device has been dis- may not be supported in some
is displayed. connected. (However, the contacts mobile phones. For more informa-
and call history saved to the phone tion of supported Bluetooth
will be deleted if a paired phone is devices and function support, refer
NOTE: deleted.) to your phones user manual.
Find a contact in alphabetical It is possible to download contacts
order, press the MENU key. during Bluetooth streaming audio.
When downloading contacts, the
icon will be displayed within the
status bar.

4 215
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a New Device Viewing Paired Phone List
SETUP SETUP
Setting Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Pair Phone] [Phone] Select [Phone List]
The Bluetooth word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Kia is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names
are those of their respective owners.
A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is
required to use Bluetooth Wireless
Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology
devices can be paired with the audio
system.
WARNING
For more information, refer to the
Driving while distracted can Pairing through Phone Setup sec-
result in a loss of vehicle control tion within Bluetooth Wireless
that may lead to an accident, Technology.
severe personal injury, and This feature is used to view mobile
death. The drivers primary phones that have been paired with
responsibility is in the safe and the audio system. Upon selecting a
legal operation of a vehicle, and paired phone, the setup menu is dis-
use of any handheld devices, played.
other equipment, or vehicle sys- For more information, refer to the
tems which take the drivers Setting Bluetooth Wireless
eyes, attention and focus away Technology Connection section
from the safe operation of a vehi- within Bluetooth Wireless
cle or which are not permissible Technology.
by law should never be used dur-
ing operation of the vehicle.

4 216
Features of your vehicle

1) Connect/Disconnect Phone : Downloading Contacts Outgoing Volume


Connect/ disconnects currently SETUP SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select Press the CLOCK key Select
selected phone [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume]
2) Change Priority : Sets currently
selected phone to highest connec-
tion priority
3) Delete : Deletes the currently
selected phone
4) Return : Moves to the previous
screen
As the contacts are downloaded Use TUNE knob to adjust the out-
To learn more about whether your from the mobile phone, a download going volume level.
mobile phone supports contact progress bar is displayed.
downloads, refer to your mobile
phone users manual. While on a call, the volume can be
Upon downloading phone con-
The contacts for only the connect- tacts, the previous corresponding changed by using the SEEK ,
TRACK
ed phone can be downloaded data is deleted. key.
This feature may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
Voice Recognition may not operate
while contacts are being down-
loaded.

4 217
Features of your vehicle

Turning Bluetooth System Off


SETUP
Press the CLOCK key Select
[Phone] Select [Bluetooth System
Off]
Once Bluetooth Wireless
Technology is turned off, Bluetooth
Wireless Technology related features
will not be supported within the audio
system.

To turn Bluetooth Wireless


Technology back on, go to SETUP
CLOCK
[Phone] and select Yes.

4 218
Features of your vehicle

VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then Contact List Best Practices
the system will say Please say a 1) Use full names vs. short or single
Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP) syllable names (John Smith vs.
If prompt feedback is in [OFF] Dad, Smith Residence vs.
mode, then the system will only Home)
Starting Voice Recognition say (BEEP) 2) Avoid using special characters or
Shortly press the key on the To change Prompt Feedback hyphens (@, &, #, /, -, *, +, etc.)
steering wheel. Say a command [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System]
CLOCK 3) Avoid using acronyms (In Case
[Prompt Feedback] Emergency vs. ICE)
For proper recognition, say the 4) Spell words completely, no abbre-
command after the voice instruc- viations (Doctor Goodman vs.
tion and beep tone. Dr. Goodman)

4 219
Features of your vehicle

Skipping Prompt Messages ENDING VOICE Voice Recognition and Phone


While prompt message is being stat- RECOGNITION Contact Tips:
ed Shortly press the key on the The Kia Voice Recognition System
steering remote controller While Voice Recognition is operating may have difficulty understanding
The prompt message is immediately Press and hold the key on the some accents or uncommon names.
ended and the beep tone will sound. steering remote controller When using Voice Recognition to place
After the beep, say the voice com- a call, speak in a moderate tone, with
mand. clear pronunciation.
While using voice command,
pressing any steering wheel con- To maximize the use of Voice Recognition,
Re-starting Voice Recognition trol or a different key will end voice consider these guidelines when storing
command. contacts:
While system waits for a command
Shortly press the key on the When the system is waiting for a Use full names vs. short or single
steering remote controller voice command, say cancel or syllable names (John Smith vs.
end to end voice command. Dad, Smith Residence vs.
The command wait state is immedi- Home)
ately ended and the beep tone will When the system is waiting for a
sound. After the beep, say the voice voice command, press and hold Avoid using special characters or
command. the key on the steering wheel hyphens (@, &, #, /, -, *, +, etc.)
to end voice command. Avoid using acronyms (In Case
Emergency vs. ICE)
Spell words completely, no abbre-
viations (Doctor Goodman vs.
Dr. Goodman)

4 220
Features of your vehicle

Illustration on using voice commands


More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
Starting voice command. You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My
Music', or 'iPod'.
Please say a command after Additionally, there are phone commands like
the beep (BEEP) Beep~ "Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number".
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
More Help manual.
Please say a command after the beep.
More Help
Here are some examples of mode commands.
You can say a radio type like 'FM', 'AM', or 'Satellite'.
Ending voice command.
You can also say a media source like 'USB', 'My Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Music', or 'iPod'.
Additionally, there are phone commands like Please say a command after
"Contacts', 'Call History', or 'Dial Number". the beep (BEEP) Contacts
You can find more detailed commands in the user's
manual.
Please say a command after the beep. Please say the contact name you want to call.

Skipping Voice Recognition


Cancel
Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):
Please say a... while guidance message is being stated

Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds):


(BEEP)
More Help

4 221
Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List


Common Commands: These commands can be used in most operations. (However a few commands may not be
available during certain operations)
Command Function Command Function
More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying
used anywhere in the system. this command, say the name of a contact
Help Provides guidance on commands that can be saved in the Contacts to automatically con-
used within the current mode. nect the call.
Call<Name> Calls <Name> saved in Contacts Dial Number Displays the Dial number screen. After saying
Ex) Call John Smith this command, you can say the number that
you want to call.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as
on Mobile "Mobile" in Contacts Redial Connects the last dialed call number.
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Mobile Tutorial Provides guidance on how to use voice
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as recognition and Bluetooth connections
in Office "Office" in Contacts When listening to the radio, displays the next
Ex) Call "John Smith" in Office radio screen. (FM1FM2AMSAT1
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as SAT2SAT3FM1)
at Home "Home" in Contacts Radio When listening to a different mode, displays
Ex) Call "John Smith" at Home the most recently played radio screen.
Call <Name> Calls <Name> to the number that is saved as When currently listening to the FM radio,
on Other "Other" in Contacts maintains the current state.
Ex) Call "John Smith" on Other When listening to a different mode, displays
Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- the most recently played FM screen.
mands. After saying this command, say FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen.
Favorites,Call History, Contacts or Dial
Number execute corresponding functions. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen.
Favorites Displays the Favorite screen. AM Displays the AM screen.
Call History Displays the Call History screen.

4 222
Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function


FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast My Music Plays the music saved in My Music.
saved in FM Preset 1~6. AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device.
AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth
FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding device.
frequency. Mute Mutes the sound.
AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command.
frequency.
SIRIUS (Satellite) When listening to the SiriusXM, maintains
the current state.
When listening to a different mode, displays
the most recently played SiriusXM screen.
SIRIUS (Satellite) Displays the selected SiriusXM screen.
1~3
SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SiriusXM channel.
0~223
Media Moves to the most recently played media
screen.
CD Plays the music saved in the CD.
USB Plays USB music.
iPod Plays iPod music.

4 223
Features of your vehicle

FM/AM radio Commands: Commands available dur- Satellite radio Commands: Commands that can be
ing FM, AM radio operation. used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command Function Command Function


Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Channel 0~223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel.
Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current
broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each.
Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current pre- Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6.
set and plays for 10 seconds each. Information Displays the information of the current broad-
cast.

4 224
Features of your vehicle

Audio CD Commands: Commands available during MP3 CD / USB Commands: Commands available
Audio CD operation. during USB and MP3 CD operation.

Command Function Command Function


Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Random Randomly plays the files within the current
Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen- folder.
tial order. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Repeat Repeats the current track. order.
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen- Repeat Repeats the current file.
tial order. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. order.
Information Displays the information screen of the current
file.
Next Folder Plays the first file in the next folder.
Previous Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder.

4 225
Features of your vehicle

iPod Commands: Commands available during iPod My Music Commands: Commands available during
operation. My Music operation.

Command Function Command Function


Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files.
category. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential
Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file.
Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential
Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order.
tial order. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an
additional confirmation process.

4 226
Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands: iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. iPod
Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless mobile digital device sold separately. The
Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper- Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered
ation Command Operation trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by Kia is under license.
Command Function SiriusXM services require a subscription sold sep-
arately, or as a package, by Sirius XM Radio Inc. If
Play Plays the currently paused song.
you decide to continue service after your trial, the
Pause Pauses the current song. subscription plan you choose will automatically
renew thereafter and you will be charged according
to your chosen payment method at then-current
rates. Fees and taxes apply. To cancel you must call
SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. See SiriusXM
Customer Agreement for complete terms at
www.siriusxm.com. SiriusXM U.S. satellite and data
services are available only in the 48 contiguous
USA, DC and PR (with coverage limitations).
SiriusXM satellite service is also available in
Canada; see www.siriusxm.ca. All fees and pro-
gramming subject to change. Sirius, XM and all
related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius
XM Radio Inc. Android is a trademark of Google,
Inc. BlackBerry is a registered trademark of
Research In Motion Limited (RIM). All other marks,
channel names and logos are the property of their
respective owners. All rights reserved.

4 227
Features of your vehicle

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

IC

This device complies with Industry Canadas licence-exempt RSSs.


Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence.
L'exploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
(2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible
d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

4 228
Driving your vehicle

Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Vehicle stability management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46


Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Necessary inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Good braking practices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Autonomous Emergency Braking (AEB)/
Key positions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Forward Collision Warning (FCW) . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Illuminated ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 System setting and activation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 AEB warning message and system control . . . . . . . . 5-52
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Brake operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Sensor to detect the distance from the vehicle
Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . . 5-9 in front (front radar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
ENGINE START/STOP button position. . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55
Starting the engine with a smart key. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11 Limitation of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Recognizing pedestrians . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Automatic transaxle operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Cruise control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61 5
Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19 To set cruise control speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
All wheel drive (AWD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 To increase cruise control set speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Tight corner brake effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21 To decrease the cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
All wheel drive (AWD) transfer mode selection. . . . 5-22 To temporarily accelerate with the cruise
For safe all wheel drive operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23 control on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
To cancel cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
To resume cruising speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
To turn cruise control off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Parking brake Foot type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Electronic parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 Advanced smart cruise control system (ASCC). . 5-65
AUTO HOLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 Speed setting (ASCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 Vehicle to vehicle distance setting (ASCC) . . . . . . . . 5-70
Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 To adjust the sensitivity of advanced smart
cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74
To convert to cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75 Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary . . . . . . 5-104
Limitations of the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75 Check spark plugs and ignition system. . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . 5-81 To keep locks from freezing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Drive mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81 Use approved window washer anti-freeze in
Blind spot detection system (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84 system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / Don't let your parking brake freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
LCA (Lane Change Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85 Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath . . . 5-105
RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88 Carry emergency equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
Non-operating condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
Lane departure warning system (LDWS) . . . . . . 5-92 Hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
Warning indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 Safety chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
The LDWS does not operate when . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 Trailer brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96 Driving with a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
5 Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
Maintenance when trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
If you do decide to pull a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
Reducing the risk of a rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98 Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99 Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100 Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118
Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100 Vehicle weight glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101 Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102 Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102 GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103 GAWR (Gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103 GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant . . . . . . . . . 5-104 GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120
Check battery and cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Driving your vehicle

Be sure the exhaust system


does not leak. WARNING - Engine WARNING - Open liftgate
exhaust Do not drive with the liftgate
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is Do not inhale exhaust fumes or open. Poisonous exhaust gases
raised to change the oil or for any leave your engine running in a can enter the passenger com-
other purpose. If you hear a change enclosed area for a prolonged partment. If you must drive with
time. Exhaust fumes contain the liftgate open proceed as fol-
in the sound of the exhaust or if you lows:
drive over something that strikes the carbon monoxide, a colorless,
underneath side of the vehicle, have odorless gas that can cause 1. Close all windows.
the exhaust system checked as soon unconsciousness and death by 2. Open side vents.
as possible by an authorized Kia asphyxiation. 3. Set the air intake control at
dealer. "Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan
at the highest speed.

5 3
Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting
Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, Close and lock all doors.
mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and Position the seat so that all con-
clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached.
Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further Buckle your seat belt.
Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, Adjust the inside and outside
sign of leaks. Maintenance. rearview mirrors.
Be sure there are no obstacles Be sure that all lights work.
behind you if you intend to back up.
WARNING - Distracted Check all gauges.
driving Check the operation of warning
Focus on the road while driving. lights when the ignition switch is
The driver's primary responsi- turned to the ON position.
bility is in the safe and legal Release the parking brake and
operation of the vehicle. Use of make sure the brake warning light
any handled devices, other goes out.
equipment or vehicle systems For safe operation, be sure you are
that distract the drive should familiar with your vehicle and its
not be used during vehicle equipment.
operation.

5 4
Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Fire risk WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driving while


When you intend to park or stop objects intoxicated
the vehicle with the engine on, Securely store items in your Do not drive while intoxicated.
be careful not to depress the vehicle. When you make a sud- Drinking and driving is danger-
accelerator pedal for a long den stop or turn the steering ous. Even a small amount of
period of time. It may overheat wheel rapidly, loose objects alcohol will affect your reflexes,
the engine or exhaust system may drop on the floor and it perceptions and judgment.
and cause fire. could interfere with the opera- Driving while under the influ-
tion of the foot pedals, possibly ence of drugs is as dangerous
causing an accident. as or more dangerous than driv-
WARNING - Check sur- ing drunk.
roundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ple, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse).

5 5
Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED)


Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory)
LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and
electrical accessories are operative.
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position,
turn the key while turning the steer-
ing wheel right and left to release the
tension.

OUM054001
OYP054029K
Whenever a front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate for your The steering wheel locks to protect
convenience, provided the ignition against theft (if equipped). The igni-
switch is not in the ON position. The tion key can be removed only in the
light will go off immediately when the LOCK position.
ignition switch is turned on. It will
also go off after about 30 seconds
when the door is closed.

5 6
Driving your vehicle

ON The anti-theft steering column lock (if Starting the engine


The warning lights can be checked equipped) is not a substitute for the
before the engine is started. This is parking brake. Before leaving the dri-
vers seat, always make sure the shift WARNING - Proper
the normal running position after the footwear
engine is started. lever is engaged in P (Park) for auto-
matic transaxle, set the parking Always wear appropriate shoes
Do not leave the ignition switch ON if brake fully and shut the engine off. when operating your vehicle.
the engine is not running to prevent Unexpected and sudden vehicle Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
battery discharge. movement may occur if these pre- ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
cautions are not taken. interfere with your ability to use
START the brake and accelerator pedal.
Turn the ignition switch to the START WARNING - Ignition
position to start the engine. The switch 1.Make sure the parking brake is
engine will crank until you release applied.
the key; then it returns to the ON Never turn the ignition switch to
LOCK or ACC while the vehicle 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in P
position. The brake warning light can (Park). Depress the brake pedal
be checked in this position. is moving. This would result in
loss of directional control and fully.
braking function, which could You can also start the engine when
cause an accident. the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.

5 7
Driving your vehicle

3.Turn the ignition switch to START If the engine stalls while you are in
and hold it there until the engine motion, do not attempt to move the
starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), shift lever to the P (Park) position. If
then release the key. traffic and road conditions permit,
It should be started without you may put the shift lever in the N
depressing the accelerator. (Neutral) position while the vehicle is
still moving and turn the ignition
4.Do not wait for the engine to warm switch to the START position in an
up while the vehicle remains sta- attempt to restart the engine.
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and CAUTION - Starter
decelerating should be avoided.) Do not engage the starter for
more than 10 seconds. If the
engine stalls or fails to start,
WARNING - Steering wait 5 to 10 seconds before re-
wheel engaging the starter. Improper
Never reach for any controls use of the starter may damage
through the steering wheel it.
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area could cause a
loss of vehicle control.

5 8
Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)


Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button In an emergency situation while the
START/STOP button position vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
OFF position by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times successively
within 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still
moving, you can restart the engine
Not illuminated
without depressing the brake pedal
To turn off the engine (START/RUN by pressing the ENGINE
position) or vehicle power (ON posi- START/STOP button with the shift
tion), press the ENGINE lever in the N (Neutral) position.
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position. When
OUM054004
you press the ENGINE
Whenever the front door is opened, START/STOP button without the shift
the ENGINE START/STOP button lever in the P (Park) position, the
will illuminate for your convenience. ENGINE START/STOP button will
The light will go off after about 30 not change to the OFF position but to
seconds when the door is closed. the ACC position.
When all entrances are closed, if you
lock the vehicle by using the trans-
mitter or the smart key, the light will
go off immediately.

5 9
Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Amber Redish orange Not illuminated

Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the
button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE
without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift
If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N
is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not (Neutral) position. For your safety,
1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in
matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long the P (Park) position.
charge. time. The battery may discharge, If you press the ENGINE
because the engine is not running. START/STOP button without
depressing the brake pedal for auto-
matic transaxle vehicles, the engine
will not start and the ENGINE
START/STOP button changes as fol-
low:
OFF ACC ON OFF or ACC

5 10
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE Starting the engine with a Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
If you leave the ENGINE START/ smart key cle, if it is far away from you, the
STOP button in the ACC or ON engine may not start.
1.Carry the smart key or leave it
position for a long time, the battery inside the vehicle. When the ENGINE START/STOP
will discharge. button is in the ACC position or
2.Make sure the parking brake is
above, if any door is opened, the
firmly applied
system checks for the smart key. If
WARNING - Starting 3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P the smart key is not in the vehicle,
vehicle (Park). Depress the brake pedal a message "key is not in the vehi-
Never press the ENGINE fully. cle" will appear on the LCD display.
START/STOP button while the You can also start the engine when And if all doors are closed, the
vehicle is in motion except in an the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) chime will sound for 5 seconds.
emergency. This would result in position. The indicator or warning will turn
loss of directional control and 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP off while the vehicle is moving.
braking function, which could button while depressing the brake Always have the smart key with
cause an accident. pedal. you.
It should be started without
depressing the accelerator.
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains sta-
tionary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)

5 11
Driving your vehicle

When the stop lamp fuse is blown,


WARNING - Unintended you can't start the engine normally.
vehicle movement Replace the fuse with a new one. If
Never leave the smart key in the it is not possible, you can start the
vehicle with children or vehicle engine by pressing the ENGINE
occupants who are unfamiliar START/STOP button for 10 sec-
with the vehicle operation. onds while it is in the ACC posi-
Pushing the ENGINE tion. The engine can start without
START/STOP button while the depressing the brake pedal. But for
smart key is in the vehicle may your safety always depress the
result in unintended engine brake pedal before starting the
activation and/or unintended OUM054005 engine.
vehicle movement. If the battery is weak or the smart Do not press the ENGINE START/
key does not work correctly, you STOP button for more than 10 sec-
can start the engine by pressing onds except when the stop lamp fuse
the engine start/stop button with is blown.
the smart key.
The side with the lock button
should contact the engine
start/stop button directly.
When you press the engine
start/stop button directly with the
smart key, the smart key should
contact the button at a right angle.

5 12
Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 6 for-
ward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.

NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
+ (UP) if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
- ( D OW N ) (Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OUMA054007

5 13
Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the P (Park)


brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION - Transaxle Always come to a complete stop
ton when shifting from N (Neutral) to To avoid damage to your before shifting into P (Park). This
a forward or reverse gear. transaxle, do not accelerate the position locks the transaxle and pre-
engine in R (Reverse) or any for- vents the drive wheels from rotating.
ward gear position with the Shifting into P (Park) while the vehi-
WARNING - Leaving brakes on. The transaxle may be cle is in motion will cause the drive
Vehicle damaged if you shift into P wheels to lock which will cause you
Before leaving the drivers seat, (Park) while the vehicle is in to lose control of the vehicle.
always make sure the shift lever motion.
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and R (Reverse)
shut the engine off. Do not use When stopped on an incline, do not Use this position to drive the vehicle
the P position in place of the hold the vehicle with the engine backward.
parking brake. Always make power. Use the service brake or the
sure the shift lever is latched in parking brake.
CAUTION - Shifting
the P position and set the park- Always come to a complete stop
ing brake fully. Unexpected and Transaxle ranges before shifting into or out of R
sudden vehicle movement can The indicator in the instrument clus- (Reverse); you may damage the
occur if these precautions are ter displays the shift lever position transaxle if you shift into R
not followed. when the ignition switch is in the ON (Reverse) while the vehicle is in
position. motion, except when Rocking
the vehicle explained in this
section.

5 14
Driving your vehicle

N (Neutral) 3. While pressing the brake pedal,


turn the ignition button [OFF]. (Continued)
The wheels and transaxle are not
- For smart key equipped vehicles, After the ignition switch has
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
the ignition switch can be moved been turned off, the electronic
even on the slightest incline unless
to [OFF] only when the shift lever parking brake cannot be dis-
the parking brake or service brakes
is in [P]. engaged.
are applied.
4. Change the gear shift lever to [N] For EPB (Electronic Parking
(Neutral) while pressing the brake Brake) equipped vehicles with
- Parking in N (Neutral) gear pedal and pressing down a tool (e.g. [AUTO HOLD] function used
Follow below steps when parking flathead screw-driver) into the while driving, if the ignition but-
and you want the vehicle to move [SHIFT LOCK RELEASE] access ton has been turned [OFF], the
when pushed. hole at the same time. Then, the electronic parking brake will be
vehicle will move when external engaged automatically.
1. After parking your vehicle, depress force is applied.
the brake pedal and move the Therefore, [AUTO HOLD] func-
transaxle shift lever to [P] with the tion should be turned off before
ignition button in [ON] or while the CAUTION the ignition button is turned off.
engine is running. With the exception of parking
in neutral gear, always park the
2. If the parking brake is applied vehicle in [P] (Park) for safety D (Drive)
release the parking brake. and apply the parking brake.
- For EPB (Electronic Parking This is the normal forward driving
Brake) equipped vehicles, push Before parking in [N] (Neutral) position. The transaxle will automati-
the brake pedal with the ignition gear, first make sure the park- cally shift through a 6-gear
ing ground is level and flat. Do sequence, providing the best fuel
button in [ON] or while the engine not park in [N] gear on any
is running to reapply the parking economy and power.
slopes or gradients.
brake. If [AUTO HOLD] function is
used while driving (If [AUTO If parked and left in [N], the
vehicle may move and cause For extra power when passing another
HOLD] indicator is on in the clus- vehicle or climbing grades, depress
serious damage or injury.
ter), press [AUTO HOLD] switch the accelerator fully, at which time the
and [AUTO HOLD] function (Continued) transaxle will automatically downshift
should be turn off. to the next lower gear.

5 15
Driving your vehicle

In manual mode, moving the shift In manual mode, the driver must
lever backwards and forwards will execute upshifts in accordance
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. with road conditions, taking care to
In contrast to a manual transaxle, the keep the engine speed below the
+ (UP)
manual mode allows gearshifts with red zone.
the accelerator pedal depressed. In manual mode, only the 6 forward
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once gears can be selected. To reverse
Manual to shift up one gear. or park the vehicle, move the shift
mode lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)
- ( D OW N ) Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one position as required.
gear. In manual mode, downshifts are
OUMA054009 made automatically when the vehi-
Manual mode cle slows down. When the vehicle
Whether the vehicle is stationary or stops, 1st gear is automatically
in motion, manual mode is selected selected.
by pushing the shift lever from the D In manual mode, when the engine
(Drive) position into the manual gate. rpm approaches the red zone shift
To return to D (Drive) range opera- points are varied to upshift auto-
tion, push the shift lever back into the matically.
main gate.

5 16
Driving your vehicle

To maintain the required levels of Paddle shifter (if equipped) With the shift lever in the D position
vehicle performance and safety, The paddle shifter will operate when
the system may not execute cer- the vehicle speed is more than
tain gearshifts when the shift lever 10km/h (6.2mph).
is operated.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
When driving on a slippery road, to shift up or down one gear and the
push the shift lever forward into the system changes from automatic
+(up) position. This causes the mode to manual mode.
transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear
When the vehicle speed is lower than
which is better for smooth driving
10km/h (6.2mph), if you depress the
on a slippery road. Push the shift
accelerator pedal for more than 5
lever to the -(down) side to shift
seconds or if you shift the shift lever
back to the 1st gear.
OUM056200L from D (Drive) to manual mode and
shift it from manual mode to D (Drive)
The paddle shifter is available when
again, the system changes from
the shift lever is in the D position or
manual mode to automatic mode.
the manual mode.
With the shift lever in the manual mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear.

NOTICE
If you pull the [+] and [-] paddle
shifters at the same time, you cannot
shift the gear.

5 17
Driving your vehicle

Shift lock system


For your safety, the automatic WARNING - Shifting from
transaxle has a shift lock system park
which prevents shifting the transaxle Always fully depress the brake
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) pedal before and while shifting
unless the brake pedal is depressed. out of the P (Park) position into
To shift the transaxle from P (Park) another position to avoid inad-
into R (Reverse): vertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
1.Depress and hold the brake pedal.
or around the vehicle.
2.Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position. OUMA054039
3.Move the shift lever. Shift-lock override
If the brake pedal is repeatedly If the shift lever cannot be moved
depressed and released with the shift from the P (Park) position into R
lever in the P (Park) position, a chat- (Reverse) position with the brake
tering noise near the shift lever may pedal depressed, continue depress-
be heard. It is a normal condition. ing the brake, then do the following:
1.Carefully remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole (1).
2.Insert a screwdriver into the
access hole and press down on
the screwdriver.
3.Move the shift lever.
4.Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer immediately.

5 18
Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system Good driving practices Moving up a steep grade from a
The ignition key cannot be removed Never move the gear shift lever standing start
unless the shift lever is in the P from P (Park) to any other position To move up a steep grade from a
(Park) position. Even if the ignition with the accelerator pedal standing start, depress the brake
switch is in the LOCK position, the depressed. pedal, shift the shift lever to D
key also cannot be removed. Never move the gear shift lever into (Drive). Select the appropriate gear
If your vehicle is equipped with P (Park) when the vehicle is in depending on load weight and steep-
ENGINE START/STOP button, the motion. ness of the grade, and release the
button will not change to the OFF parking brake. Depress the accelera-
Slow down before shifting to a tor gradually while releasing the
position unless the shift lever is in the lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
P (Park) position. service brakes.
gear may not be engaged.
When accelerating from a stop on
Always use the parking brake. Do a steep hill, the vehicle may have a
not depend on placing the tendency to roll backwards.
transaxle in P (Park) to keep the Shifting the shift lever into 2
vehicle from moving. (Second Gear) will help prevent
Optimum vehicle performance and the vehicle from rolling back-
economy is obtained by smoothly wards.
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.

5 19
Driving your vehicle

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)


Type A These vehicles are not designed for These factors must be carefully con-
challenging off-road use. Occasional sidered when driving off-road.
off-road use such as established Keeping the vehicle in contact with
unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is the driving surface and under control
always important when traveling off- in these conditions is always the dri-
highway that the driver carefully ver's responsibility for the safety of
reduces the speed to a level that him/herself and his or her passen-
does not exceed the safe operating gers.
speed for those conditions. In gener-
al, off-road conditions provide less
OUMA054049 traction and braking effectiveness * AWD : All Wheel Drive
Type B than normal road conditions. FWD : Front Wheel Drive
The driver must be especially alert to
avoid driving on slopes which tilt the
vehicle to either side.

OUMA054010
Engine power can be delivered to all
front and rear wheels for maximum
traction. AWD is useful when extra
traction is required, such as, when
driving on slippery, muddy, wet, or
snow-covered roads.

5 20
Driving your vehicle

Tight corner brake effect


WARNING - Off road Tight corner brake effect is a unique
driving characteristic of all wheel drive vehi-
Do not attempt to operate your cles caused by the difference in tire
vehicle under extreme or chal- rotation of the four wheels and the
lenging off road driving condi- zero-degree alignment of the front
tions. Although this vehicle has wheels and suspension.
off-road capabilities, it was not Sharp turns at low speeds should be
designed to be driven off road. carried out with caution.

If the AWD system warning light


( ) illuminates, this indicates that
there is a malfunction in the AWD
system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized Kia dealer
as soon as possible.

5 21
Driving your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection


Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description
When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates sim-
ilar to conventional FWD vehicles under normal operating
conditions. However, if the system determines that there is a
AWD AUTO need for the AWD mode, the engines driving power is dis-
(AWD LOCK is tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter-
deactivated) vention.
(Indicator light is
not illuminated) When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehicle
moves similar to conventional FWD vehicles.

This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,


off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., to
maximize traction.
AWD LOCK This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds
above 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to AWD AUTO mode
(Indicator light is at speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle decelerates
illuminated) to speeds below approximate 40 km/h (25 mph), however,
the transfer mode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.

When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front
wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.

CAUTION - Normal road conditions


Do not drive on normal roads for prolonged periods of time with your vehicle locked in the AWD mode.
Driving on normal road with AWD LOCK Mode (especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or
vibration which may damage your power train.

5 22
Driving your vehicle

For safe all wheel drive opera-


tion
Do not try to drive in deep standing
water or mud since such conditions
can stall your engine and clog your
exhaust pipes. Do not drive down
steep hills since it requires extreme
skill to maintain control of the vehi-
cle.

HILL1 HILL2
When you are driving up or down
hills; drive as straight as possible. WARNING - Hills
Use extreme caution going up or Proceed with extreme caution
down steep hills, the grade, terrain when driving down steep hills.
and water/mud conditions may A slight change in the wheel
cause the vehicle to flip. angle can destabilize the vehi-
cle. This can cause your vehicle
to suddenly roll without warn-
ing and without time for you to
regain control of your vehicle.

5 23
Driving your vehicle

You must consciously take the Always hold the steering wheel
effort to learn how to corner in a firmly when you are driving off-
AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your road.
experience in conventional FWD Make sure all passengers are
vehicles in choosing a safe corner- wearing seat belts.
ing speed in AWD mode. For
starters, you must drive more slow-
ly in AWD. WARNING - Wind danger
Drive carefully off-road because Drive slowly in heavy winds.
your vehicle may be damaged by The vehicle's higher center of
rocks or roots of trees. Become gravity decreases your steering
familiar with the off-road conditions OUMA054053 control capacity.
where you are going to drive
before you begin driving. If you need to drive in the water,
WARNING - Steering stop your vehicle, set your transfer
wheel to the AWD LOCK mode and drive
WARNING - AWD Do not grab the inside of the at less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
Reduce speed when you turn steering wheel when you are
corners. The center of gravity of driving off-road. You may hurt
AWD vehicles is higher than your arm by a sudden steering
that of conventional FWD vehi- maneuver or from steering
cles, making them more likely to wheel rebound due to impact
roll over when you turn corners with objects on the ground.
too fast.

5 24
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE
WARNING - Driving Shorten your scheduled mainte- WARNING - AWD driving
through nance interval if you drive in off- Do not attempt quick steering
water road conditions such as sand, mud maneuvers or sharp turns in
Drive slowly. If you are driving or water (see Maintenance under AWD mode. Such maneuvers
too fast in water, the water can severe usage conditions in section increase the risk of rollover
get into the engine compartment 7). Always wash your vehicle thor- accidents. Rollover accidents
and wet the ignition system, oughly after off-road use, especial- are extremely violent and
causing your vehicle to sudden- ly cleaning the bottom of the vehi- unpredictable.
ly stop. If this happens and your cle.
vehicle is in a tilted position, A full time all wheel drive vehicle
your vehicle may roll over. cannot be towed by an ordinary CAUTION - Mud or snow
tow truck. Make sure that the Do not run the engine continu-
vehicle is placed on a flat bed ously at high RPMs to free the
truck for moving. vehicle from snow or mud. Doing
so could damage the AWD sys-
tem in your vehicle.

5 25
Driving your vehicle

Do not use a tire and wheel package


with a different size and type from WARNING - Jacked
the one originally installed on your vehicle
vehicle. It can affect the safety and While the full-time AWD vehicle
performance of your vehicle, which is being raised on a jack, never
could lead to steering failure or start the engine or cause the
rollover causing serious injury. tires to rotate.
When replacing the tires, be sure to There is the danger that rotating
equip all four tires with the tire and tires touching the ground could
wheel of the same size, type, tread, cause the vehicle to go off the Temporary free roller
brand and load-carrying capacity. If jack and to jump forward. Roll tester (speedometer)
you equip your vehicle with any OUM054011
tire/wheel combination not recom- 1. Check the tire pressures recom-
mended by Kia for off-road driving, Full-time AWD vehicles must be mended for your vehicle.
ou should not use thesetires for high tested on a special four wheel
way driving. 2. Place the front wheels on the roll
chassis dynamometer. tester for a speedometer test as
A full-time AWD vehicle should not shown in the illustration.
be tested on a FWD roll tester. If a 3. Release the parking brake.
FWD roll tester must be used, per-
form the following: 4. Place the rear wheels on the tem-
porary free roller as shown in the
illustration.

5 26
Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes Wet brakes may impair the vehicles
CAUTION - Brake Pedal ability to safely slow down; the vehi-
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically Do not drive with your foot rest- cle may also pull to one side when
through normal usage. ing on the brake pedal. This will the brakes are applied. Applying the
create abnormally high brake brakes lightly will indicate whether
In the event that the power-assisted temperatures which can cause they have been affected in this way.
brakes lose power because of a excessive brake lining and pad Always test your brakes in this fash-
stalled engine or some other reason, wear. ion after driving through deep water.
you can still stop your vehicle by To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
applying greater force to the brake while maintaining a safe forward
pedal than you normally would. The speed until brake performance
stopping distance, however, will be WARNING - Steep hill
braking returns to normal.
longer.
When the engine is not running, the Avoid continuous application of
reserve brake power is partially the brakes when descending a
depleted each time the brake pedal long or steep hill by shifting to a
is applied. Do not pump the brake lower gear. Continuous brake
pedal when the power assist has application will cause the brakes
been interrupted. to overheat and could result in a
temporary loss of braking per-
Pump the brake pedal only when formance.
necessary to maintain steering con-
trol on slippery surfaces.

5 27
Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator


If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear
the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear Do not ignore high pitched wear
make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from sounds from your brakes. If you
parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ignore this audible warning, you
tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or will eventually lose braking per-
than normal. it may occur whenever you depress formance, which could lead to a
the brake pedal. serious accident.
WARNING - Parking Please remember that some driving
brake conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem
normal speeds can cause a with your brakes.
sudden loss of control of the
vehicle. If you must use the Always replace the front or rear
parking brake to stop the vehi- brake pads as pairs.
cle, use great caution in apply-
ing the brake. CAUTION - Replace brake
pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.

5 28
Driving your vehicle

Parking brake Foot type Releasing the parking brake


Applying the parking brake
WARNING - Parking brake
use
All vehicles should always have
the parking brake fully engaged
when parking to avoid inadver-
tent movement of the vehicle
which can injure occupants or
pedestrians.

OYP054010K
OYP054009K To release the parking brake,
depress the parking brake pedal a
To engage the parking brake, first
second time while applying the foot
apply the foot brake and then
brake. The pedal will automatically
depress the parking brake pedal
extend to the fully released position.
down as far as possible.

CAUTION - Parking brake


Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.

5 29
Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the Electronic parking brake (EPB)


vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (if equipped)
sible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only con- Applying the parking brake
tinue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location or repair
shop.

W-75

Check the brake warning light by


turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). This light will be
OUMA054013
illuminated when the parking brake is
applied with the ignition switch in the To apply the EPB (electronic parking
START or ON position. brake):
Before driving, be sure the parking 1. Depress the brake pedal.
brake is fully released and the brake
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
warning light is off.
Make sure the warning light comes
If the brake warning light remains on
on.
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is nec-
essary.

5 30
Driving your vehicle

Also, the EPB is applied automatical- Do not operate the parking brake/ Releasing the parking brake
ly if the Auto Hold button is on when EPB while the vehicle is moving
the engine is turned off. However, if except in an emergency situation.
you press the EPB switch after the
engine is turned off, the EPB will not NOTICE
be Applied.
A click or electric brake motor
whine sound may be heard while
NOTICE operating or releasing the EPB, but
On a steep incline or when pulling a these conditions are normal and
trailer, if the vehicle does not remain indicate that the EPB is functioning
at a standstill, do as follows: properly.
1. Apply the EPB.
2. Pull up the EPB switch for more OUMA054014
than 3 seconds. To release the EPB (electronic parking
brake), press the EPB switch in the
following condition:
Have the ignition switch or engine
start/stop button in the ON posi-
tion.
Depress the brake pedal.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.

5 31
Driving your vehicle

To release EPB (electronic parking NOTICE


brake) automatically: CAUTION
For your safety, you can engage
Shift lever in P (Park) the EPB even though the ignition If the parking brake warning
With the engine running depress switch or engine stop/start button light is still on even though
the brake pedal and shift out of P is in the OFF position, but you the EPB has been released,
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive). cannot release it. have the system checked by
For your safety, depress the brake an authorized Kia dealer.
Shift lever in N (Neutral)
pedal and release the parking Do not drive your vehicle with
With the engine running depress brake manually with the EPB the EPB applied. It may cause
the brake pedal and shift out of N switch when you drive downhill or excessive brake pad and
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D when backing up the vehicle. brake rotor wear.
(Drive).
Automatic transaxle vehicle Do not follow the above procedure
1. Start the engine. when driving on a flat level ground.
2. Fasten the driver's seat belt. The vehicle may suddenly move for-
ward.
3. Close the driver's door, engine
hood and trunk.
4. Depress the accelerator pedal
while the shift lever is in R
(Rear), D (Drive) or Sports
mode.
Make sure the brake warning light
goes off.

5 32
Driving your vehicle

EPB (electronic parking brake) may System warning If the above situation occurs, depress
be automatically applied when: the brake pedal and release EPB by
The EPB is overheated pressing the EPB switch.
Requested by other systems
WARNING - Parking
NOTICE Brake Use
If the driver turns the engine off by All vehicles should always have
mistake while Auto Hold is operat- the parking brake fully engaged
ing, EPB will be automatically when parked to avoid inadver-
applied. (Vehicles equipped with tent movement of the car which
Auto Hold) can injure occupants or pedes-
trians.
OUM054104L
If you try to drive off depressing the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
applied, but the EPB doesn't
release automatically, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
tened and the engine hood, driver's
door or trunk is opened, a warning
will sound and a message will
appear.
If there is a problem with the vehi-
cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.

5 33
Driving your vehicle

A click or electric brake motor System warning NOTICE


whine sound may be heard while Depress the brake pedal when the
Type A
operating or releasing the EPB, but above message appears for the Auto
these conditions are normal and Hold and EPB may not activate.
indicate that the EPB is functioning
properly.
When leaving your keys with a
parking lot attendant or valet, make
sure to inform him/her how to oper-
ate the EPB.
OUM054100L
The EPB may malfunction if you Type B
drive with the EPB applied.
When you automatically release
EPB by depressing the accelerator
pedal, depress it slowly.

OUM054101L

When the conversion from Auto Hold


to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.

5 34
Driving your vehicle

System warning EPB malfunction indicator If this occurs, have your vehicle
(if equipped) checked by an authorized Kia dealer
Type A
as soon as possible.
Type A Type B
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.

OUM054102L
Type B

OUM054106

This warning light illuminates if the


engine start/stop button is changed
to the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the sys-
OUM054103L tem is operation normally.
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold If the EPB malfunction indicator
is activated because of ESC remains on, comes on while driving,
(Electronic Stability Control) signal, a or does not come on when the igni-
warning will sound and a message tion switch or the engine start/stop
will appear. button is changed to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.

5 35
Driving your vehicle

The EPB warning light may illumi- Emergency braking If you notice a continuous noise or
nate if the EPB switch operates If there is a problem with the brake burning smell when the EPB is used
abnormally. Shut the engine off pedal while driving, emergency brak- for emergency braking, have your
and turn it on again after a few min- ing is possible by pulling up and vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
utes. The warning light will go off holding the EPB switch. Braking is dealer.
and the EPB switch will operate possible only while you are holding
normally. However, if the EPB the EPB switch.
warning light is still on, have the When the EPB (electronic parking
system checked by an authorized brake) is not released
Kia dealer. WARNING If the EPB does not release normal-
If the parking brake warning light ly, take your vehicle to an authorized
Do not operate the electronic Kia dealer by loading the vehicle on
does not illuminate or blinks even parking brake while the vehicle
though the EPB switch was pulled a flatbed tow truck and have the sys-
is moving except in an emer- tem checked.
up, the EPB is not applied. gency situation. Applying the
If the parking brake warning light electronic parking brake while
blinks when the EPB warning light the vehicle is moving at normal
is on, press the switch, then pull it speeds can cause a sudden
up. Once more press it back to its loss of control of the vehicle. If
original position and pull it back up. you must use the electronic
If the EPB warning does not go off, parking brake to stop the vehi-
have the system checked by an cle, use great caution in apply-
authorized Kia dealer. ing the brake.

NOTICE
During emergency braking by the
EPB, the parking brake warning
light will illuminate to indicate that
the system is operating.

5 36
Driving your vehicle

AUTO HOLD (if equipped) White White


The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driv-
er brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
Green

OUMA054016 OUM054017
1.Depress the brake pedal, start the 2.When coming to a complete stop
engine and then press the Auto by depressing the brake pedal, the
Hold button. The white AUTO AUTO HOLD indicator changes
HOLD indicator will come on indi- from white to green indicating the
cating the system is in standby. AUTO HOLD is engaged and EPB
Before the Auto Hold will engage, is applied. The vehicle will remain
the driver's door, engine hood and at a standstill even if you release
trunk must be closed and the dri- the brake pedal.
ver's seat belt must be fastened. 3.If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.

5 37
Driving your vehicle

4.If you press the accelerator pedal Cancel NOTICE


with the shift lever in R (Reverse), The following are conditions when
D (Drive) or sports mode, the Auto Light off the Auto Hold will not engage
Hold will be released automatically (Auto Hold light will not turn
and the vehicle will start to move. green and the Auto Hold system
The indicator changes from green remains in stand by):
to white indicating the Auto Hold is - The driver's seat belt is unfas-
in standby and the EPB is tened and driver's door is opened
released. - The engine hood is opened
When driving off from Auto Hold by - The trunk is opened
depressing the accelerator pedal, - The shift lever is in P (Park)
always check the surrounding area - The EPB is applied
near your vehicle. For your safety, the Auto Hold
OUMA054018
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal automatically switches to EPB
for a smooth launch. To cancel the Auto Hold operation, under any of the following condi-
press the Auto Hold switch. The tions (Auto Hold light remains
AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. white and the EPB automatically
To cancel the Auto Hold operation applies):
when the vehicle is at a standstill, - The driver's seat belt is unfas-
press the Auto Hold switch while tened and driver's door is opened
depressing the brake pedal. - The engine hood is opened
- The trunk is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
(Continued)

5 38
Driving your vehicle

(Continued) NOTICE
In these cases, the brake warning WARNING A click or electric brake motor
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD To reduce the risk of an acci- whine sound may be heard while
indicator changes from green to dent, do not activate Auto Hold operating or releasing the EPB, but
white, and a warning sounds and a while driving downhill, backing these conditions are normal and
message will appear to inform you up or parking your vehicle. indicate that the EPB is functioning
that EPB has been automatically properly.
engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the If there is a malfunction with the dri-
surrounding area near your vehi- vers door, engine hood or trunk open
cle and release parking brake detection system, the Auto Hold may
manually with the EPB switch. not work properly.
If the AUTO HOLD indicator Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia
lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is dealer and have the system checked.
not working properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-
er and have the system checked.

5 39
Driving your vehicle

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the NOTICE
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci- speed of the wheels. If the wheels A click sound may be heard in the
dents due to improper or dangerous are going to lock, the ABS system engine compartment when the vehi-
driving maneuvers. Even though repeatedly modulates the hydraulic cle begins to move after the engine is
vehicle control is improved during brake pressure to the wheels. started. These conditions are normal
emergency braking, always maintain When you apply your brakes under and indicate that the anti-lock brake
a safe distance between you and conditions which may lock the system is functioning properly.
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds wheels, you may hear a tik-tik
should always be reduced during sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
extreme road conditions. The vehicle responding sensation in the brake
should be driven at reduced speeds pedal. This is normal and it means
in the following circumstances: your ABS is active.
When driving on rough, gravel or In order to obtain the maximum ben-
snow-covered roads. efit from your ABS in an emergency
When driving on roads where the situation, do not attempt to modulate
road surface is pitted or has differ- your brake pressure and do not try to
ent surface heights. pump your brakes. Press your brake
pedal as hard as possible or as hard
Driving in these conditions increase as the situation allows the ABS to
the stopping distance for your vehi- control the force being delivered to
cle. the brakes.

5 40
Driving your vehicle

Even with the anti-lock brake sys- When you drive on a road having
tem, your vehicle still requires suf- poor traction, such as an icy road,
ficient stopping distance. Always and have operated your brakes
maintain a safe distance from the continuously, the ABS will be active
vehicle in front of you. continuously and the ABS warning
Always slow down when cornering. light may illuminate. Pull your vehi-
The anti-lock brake system cannot cle over to a safe place and stop
prevent accidents resulting from the engine.
excessive speeds. Restart the engine. If the ABS
On loose or uneven road surfaces, warning light goes off, then your
operation of the anti-lock brake ABS system is normal. Otherwise,
system may result in a longer stop- W-78 you may have a problem with the
ping distance than for vehicles The ABS warning light will stay on for ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
equipped with a conventional approximately 3 seconds after the dealer as soon as possible.
brake system. ignition switch is ON. During that
time, the ABS will go through self- NOTICE
diagnosis and the light will go off if
everything is normal. If the light stays
When you jump start your vehicle
on, you may have a problem with
because of a drained battery, the
your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia
engine may not run as smoothly and
dealer as soon as possible.
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has mal-
functioned.
Do not pump your brakes!
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.

5 41
Driving your vehicle

Electronic stability control Electronic stability control (ESC) will The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
(ESC) not prevent accidents. Excessive system is an electronic system
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers designed to help the driver maintain
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces vehicle control under adverse condi-
can still result in serious accidents. tions. It is not a substitute for safe driv-
Only a safe and attentive driver can ing practices. Factors including speed,
prevent accidents by avoiding road conditions and driver steering
maneuvers that cause the vehicle to input can all affect whether ESC will be
lose traction. Even with ESC effective in preventing a loss of control.
installed, always follow all the normal It is still your responsibility to drive and
precautions for driving - including corner at reasonable speeds and to
driving at safe speeds for the condi- leave a sufficient margin of safety.
tions. When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
OUMA054019 you may hear a tik-tik sound from the
The Electronic Stability control brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa-
(ESC) system is designed to stabi- tion in the brake pedal. This is normal
lize the vehicle during cornering and it means your ESC is active.
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is NOTICE
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and A click sound may be heard in the
intervenes with the engine manage- engine compartment when the vehi-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle. cle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the Electronic
Stability Control System is function-
ing properly.

5 42
Driving your vehicle

ESC operation When operating ESC operation off


ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state
When the ignition is turned tion, the ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC
- ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks. off states.
indicator lights illuminate for When the Electronic If the engine stops when
approximately 3 seconds, Stability Control is operat- ESC is off, ESC remains off.
then ESC is turned on. ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine,
Press the ESC OFF but- slight pulsation in the vehi- the ESC will automatically
ton for at least half a sec- cle. This is only the effect turn on again.
ond after turning the igni- of brake control and indi-
tion ON to turn ESC off. cates nothing unusual.
(ESC OFF indicator will When moving out of the
illuminate). To turn the mud or driving on a slip-
ESC on, press the ESC pery road, pressing the
OFF button (ESC OFF accelerator pedal may not
indicator light will go off). cause the engine rpm
When starting the engine, (revolutions per minute) to
you may hear a slight tick- increase.
ing sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.

5 43
Driving your vehicle

Type A Type A Indicator light

ESC indicator light

ESC OFF indicator light

OUM054165L OUM054162L
Type B Type B

When ignition switch is turned to ON,


the indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operat-
ing normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks when-
OUM054161L OUM054163L
ever ESC is operating or illuminates
ESC off state 1 ESC off state 2 when ESC fails to operate.
To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the The ESC OFF indicator light comes
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for on when the ESC is turned off with
shortly (ESC OFF indicator light more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi- the button.
(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
state, the engine control function and ESC OFF warning chime will
does not operate. It means the trac- sound. At this state, the engine con-
tion control function does not oper- trol function and brake control func-
ate. Brake control function only oper- tion do not operate. It means the car
ates. stability control function does not
operate any more.

5 44
Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF usage NOTICE


WARNING - Electronic sta- When driving When operating the vehicle on a
bility control dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC should be turned on for daily
Drive carefully even though driving whenever possible. ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
your vehicle has Electronic illuminated). If the ESC is left on,
To turn ESC off while driving, press
Stability Control. It can only it may prevent the vehicle speed
the ESC OFF button while driving
assist you in maintaining con- from increasing, and result in false
on a flat road surface.
trol under certain circum- diagnosis.
stances. Turning the ESC off does not
WARNING - Operating affect ABS or brake system opera-
ESC tion.
Never press the ESC OFF but-
ton while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.

5 45
Driving your vehicle

Vehicle stability management VSM operation VSM operation off


(VSM) (if equipped) When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to
This system provides further indicator light ( ) blinks. turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
enhancements to vehicle stability When the vehicle stability manage- cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
and steering responses when a vehi- ment is operating properly, you can light ( ) illuminates.
cle is driving on a slippery road or a feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle To turn on the VSM, press the button
vehicle detects changes in coeffi- and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light
cient of friction between right wheels (EPS). This is only the effect of brake goes out.
and left wheels when braking. and EPS control and indicates noth-
ing unusual.
WARNING - Tire/
Wheel size The VSM does not operate when:
When replacing tires and Driving on bank road such as gra-
wheels, make sure they are the dient or incline
same size as the original tires Driving in reverse
and wheels installed. Driving ESC OFF indicator light ( )
with varying tire or wheel sizes remains on the instrument cluster
may diminish any supplemental
safety benefits of the VSM sys- EPS indicator light remains on the
tem. instrument cluster

5 46
Driving your vehicle

Malfunction indicator The Vehicle Stability Management Hill-start assist control (HAC)
The VSM can be deactivated even if system is not a substitute for safe A vehicle has the tendency to roll
you dont cancel the VSM operation driving practices but a supplemen- back on a steep hill when it starts to
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It tary function only. It is the respon- go after stopping. The Hill-start
indicates that a malfunction has sibility of the driver to always check Assist Control (HAC) prevents the
been detected somewhere in the the speed and the distance to the vehicle from rolling back by applying
Electric Power Steering system or vehicle ahead. Always hold the the brakes automatically for about 2
VSM system. If the ESC indicator steering wheel firmly while driving. seconds. The brakes are released
light ( ) or EPS warning light Your vehicle is designed to activate when the accelerator pedal is
remains on, take your vehicle to an according to the drivers intention, depressed or after about 2 seconds.
authorized Kia dealer and have the even with installed VSM. Always The HAC is activated only for about 2
system checked. follow all the normal precautions seconds, so when the vehicle is
for driving at safe speeds for the starting off always depress the accel-
NOTICE conditions including driving in erator pedal.
clement weather and on a slippery
The VSM is designed to function road.
above approximately 22 km/h (13
mph) on curves. WARNING - Maintaining
The VSM is designed to function Brake Pressure on Incline
above approximately 10 km/h (6 HAC does not replace the need
mph) when a vehicle is braking on to apply brakes while stopped
a split-mu road. The split-mu road on an incline. While stopped,
is made of surfaces which have dif- make sure you maintain brake
ferent friction forces. pressure sufficient to prevent
your vehicle from rolling back-
ward and causing an accident.
Dont release the brake pedal
until you are ready to accelerate
forward.

5 47
Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices Don't coast down hills with the If your vehicle is equipped with an
Check to be sure the parking brake vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- automatic transaxle, don't let your
is not engaged and the parking ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in vehicle creep forward. To avoid
brake indicator light is out before gear at all times, use the brakes to creeping forward, keep your foot
driving away. slow down, then shift to a lower firmly on the brake pedal when the
gear so that engine braking will vehicle is stopped.
Driving through water may get the help you maintain a safe speed.
brakes wet. They can also get wet Be cautious when parking on a hill.
when the vehicle is washed. Wet Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Firmly engage the parking brake
brakes can be dangerous! Your Resting your foot on the brake and place the shift lever in P (auto-
vehicle will not stop as quickly if the pedal while driving can be danger- matic transaxle). If your vehicle is
brakes are wet. Wet brakes may ous because the brakes might facing downhill, turn the front
cause the vehicle to pull to one overheat and lose their effective- wheels into the curb to help keep
side. ness. It also increases the wear of the vehicle from rolling. If your vehi-
the brake components. cle is facing uphill, turn the front
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes wheels away from the curb to help
lightly until the braking action If a tire goes flat while you are driv-
ing, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle from rolling. If
returns to normal, taking care to there is no curb or if it is required
keep the vehicle under control at keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When by other conditions to keep the
all times. If the braking action does vehicle from rolling, block the
not return to normal, stop as soon you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road wheels.
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized Kia dealer for assis- and stop in a safe place.
tance.

5 48
Driving your vehicle

Under some conditions your park-


ing brake can freeze in the
engaged position. This is most like-
ly to happen when there is an
accumulation of snow or ice
around or near the rear brakes or if
the brakes are wet. If there is a risk
that the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you
put the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the transaxle
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.

5 49
Driving your vehicle

AUTONOMOUS EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB)/ FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW)


(IF EQUIPPED)
The AEB system is to reduce or to NOTICE System setting and activation
avoid accident risk. It recognizes the Take the following precautions when
distance from the vehicle ahead or
System setting
using the Autonomous Emergency
the pedestrian through the sensors Braking (AEB):
(i.e. radar and camera), and, if nec- This system is only a supplemental
essary, warns the driver of accident system and it is not intended to,
risk with the warning message or the nor does it replace the need for
warning alarms. extreme care and attention of the
driver. The sensing range and
WARNING objects detectable by the sensors
- Autonomous Emergency are limited. Pay attention to the
Braking (AEB) Limitations road conditions at all times.
NEVER drive too fast in accor-
The AEB system is a supple- dance with the road conditions or
mental system and is not a sub- while cornering.
stitute for safe driving prac- OUM057220L
Always drive cautiously to prevent
tices. It is the responsibility of unexpected and sudden situations The driver can activate the AEB by
the driver to always check the from occurring. AEB does not stop placing the ignition switch to the ON
speed and distance to the vehi- the vehicle completely and does position and by selecting 'User
cle ahead to ensure it is safety not avoid collisions. Settings', 'Driving Assist', and 'Assist
to use the AEB system. Braking System'. The AEB deacti-
vates, when the driver cancels the
system setting.

5 50
Driving your vehicle

The warning light illumi- EARLY - When this condition is


nates on the LCD display, selected, the initial
when you cancel the AEB Forward Collision Warning
system. The driver can is activated earlier than
monitor the AEB ON/OFF status on normal. This setting maxi-
the LCD display. When the warning mizes the amount of dis-
light remains ON with the AEB acti- tance between the vehicle
vated, we recommend you to have or pedestrian ahead before
the system checked by an authorized the initial warning occurs.
OUM057229L
Kia dealer. NORMAL - When this condition is
selected, the initial
Forward Collision
Warning is activated nor-
mally. This setting allows
for a nominal amount of
distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian
ahead before the initial
OUMA057231 warning occurs.
The driver can select the initial warn- LATE - When this condition is
ing activation time in the User selected, the initial Forward
Settings in the instrument cluster Collision Warning is activat-
LCD display. The options for the ini- ed later than normal. This
tial Forward Collision Warning setting reduces the amount
include the following: of distance between the
vehicle or pedestrian ahead
before the initial warning
occurs.

5 51
Driving your vehicle

Prerequisite for activation AEB warning message and


The AEB will activate when the AEB WARNING system control
is selected on the LCD display, and Set or cancel AEB with control- Warning text may appear or warning
when the following prerequisites are ling switches on steering wheel sound may sound when the vehicle in
satisfied: after stopping the vehicle in the front brakes suddenly or the distance
- The ESC (Electronic Stability safe place for your safety. with the vehicle in front is short. Also,
Control) is activated. Do not attempt to set or cancel the brake system will control the
- The driving speed is over 6 mph. the AEB while your vehicle is brakes depending on the collision
(The AEB only works within a cer- moving. possibility.
tain range of vehicle speeds) Depending on the vehicle condition
- When the AEB recognizes a vehi- and traffic conditions in front of the
The AEB automatically activates vehicle, some warning features may
cle or the pedestrian in front. (The when you turn the vehicle on.
AEB may not recognize every activate or not activate at all.
obstacle or provide warnings and The driver can deactivate the AEB
braking in every situation, so do by canceling it the system setting on
not rely on the AEB to stop the the LCD display.
vehicle in instances where the driv- Even when the Autonomous
er sees an obstacle and has the Emergency Braking (AEB) may be
ability to apply the brakes) set to "Use AEB" setting, if the
Traction Control System (TCS) or
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
features are deselected, AEB func-
tion will be turned off automatically.
In this case, the AEB feature can-
not be turned on manually as well.

5 52
Driving your vehicle

Forward Warning (1st warning) Collision Warning (2nd warning) Emergency braking (3rd warning)

OUMA057221 OUMA057222 OUMA057223


The warning message appears on the The warning message appears on The warning message appears on
LCD display and a warning chime the LCD display and a warning the LCD display and a warning
sounds. chime sounds. chime sounds.
The AEB applies partial brakes to The AEB applies partial brakes to
reduce the impact from a collision. release shock from the collision.
The AEB applies maximum brakes
just before the collision.

5 53
Driving your vehicle

Brake operation Sensor to detect the distance


In an urgent situation, the braking
WARNING from the vehicle in front
system enters into the ready status The AEB cannot avoid all colli- (front radar)
for prompt reaction against the dri- sions. The AEB might not com-
vers depressing the brake pedal. pletely stop the vehicle before
collision, due to ambient weath-
The AEB provides additional brak-
er and road conditions. The
ing power for optimum braking per-
driver has the responsibility to
formance, when the driver
drive safely and control the
depresses the brake pedal.
vehicle.
The braking control is automatical-
ly deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the brake pedal, NOTICE
or when the driver abruptly turns The AEB operates in accordance
the steering wheel. with the risk levels, such as the dis-
The braking control is automatical- tance from the vehicle/passer-by in OUM054054L
ly canceled, when risk factors dis- front, the speed of the vehicle/pass- The sensor cannot maintain proper
appear. er-by in front, and the driver's vehi- distance from the vehicle in front
cle operation. Do not drive danger- when the sensor lens is obscured by
The driver should always exercise ously in order to activate to system. foreign substances, such as snow
caution when operating the vehicle, and rain, which will adversely affect
even though there is no warning performance. It may even temporarily
message or warning alarm. cancel the AEB. Always keep the sen-
sor clean.

5 54
Driving your vehicle

Warning message and warning NOTICE System malfunction


light Do not install any accessories, such
as a license plate bracket or
bumper sticker near the sensor
area. Do not replace the bumper
by yourself. Doing so may adverse-
ly affect the sensing performance.
Always keep the sensor/bumper
area clean.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Also, do not spray highly OUMA057233
pressurized water on the sensor
installed on the bumper.
Be careful not to apply unneces-
OUMA057224
sary force on the frontal sensor
When the sensor is covered or the area. When the sensor moves out
sensor lens is obscured by foreign of the correct position due to
substances, such as snow or rain, external force, the system may not
the AEB operation may temporarily operate correctly even without the
stop. In this case, a warning mes- warning light or message. In this OUMA057225
sage will appear to notify the driver. case, we recommend you to have
the vehicle inspected by an When the AEB is not working prop-
authorized Kia dealer. erly, the AEB warning light ( ) will
This is not a malfunction with the illuminate and the warning mes-
AEB. To operate the AEB again, Use only the genuine Kia sensor
cover. Do not paint the sensor sage will appear for a few seconds.
remove the foreign substances. After the message disappears, the
cover.
master warning light ( ) will illu-
minate. In this case, we recommend
you to have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.

5 55
Driving your vehicle

The AEB warning message may The AEB may unnecessarily pro- Limitation of the system
appear along with the illumination duce warning messages and warn- The AEB assists the driver in reduc-
of the ESC warning light. ing alarms. Due to the sensing lim- ing a specific risk, it does not take
itation, the AEB may not produce responsibility away from the driver to
warning messages or warning control the vehicle in a safe manner.
WARNING alarm at all.
The AEB is only a supplemental The AEB monitors the driving situa-
When there is a malfunction with tions through the radar and the cam-
system for the drivers conven- the AEB, the braking control does
ience. era sensor. For any vehicle activity
not operate upon detecting a colli- occurring outside the sensor range,
The driver still maintains sion risk even with other braking the AEB may not function. The driver
responsibility to control the systems normally operating. should exercise caution in the follow-
vehicle. Do not solely depend The AEB only operates when it ing situations, as the AEB operation
on the AEB system. Rather, identifies a vehicle/pedestrian in may be limited:
maintain a safe braking dis- front of the vehicle while driving
tance, and, if necessary, forward. It does not operate when
depress the brake pedal to the vehicle is driving in reverse.
lower the driving speed.
The AEB can not recognize cross-
traffic or parked vehicles present-
ing a side-profile.

5 56
Driving your vehicle

Recognizing vehicles The vehicle in front does not turn


- The radar or the camera is ON the rear lights, does not have
obscured by foreign substances. rear lights, has asymmetric rear
lights, or has rear lights out of angle.
- It heavily rains or snows.
- The outside brightness changes
- There is electromagnetic interfer- suddenly, such as when enter-
ence. ing/exiting the a tunnel.
- Something in the path of travel - The vehicle driving is unstable.
deflects the radar waves.
- The radar/camera sensor recogni-
- The vehicle in front has a narrow tion is limited.
body. (i.e. motorcycles and bicycles)
- The drivers view is degraded by OUM054040L
driving towards sunlight, reflected - Driving on a curve
light, or darkness. The AEB performance decreases
- The camera cannot see the full while driving on a curve. The AEB
profile of the vehicle in front. may not recognize the vehicle in front
- The vehicle in front has an unusu- even in the same lane. It may unnec-
al shape, such as a heavily-loaded essarily produce the warning mes-
truck or a trailer. sage and the warning alarm, or it
may not produce the warning mes-
- When the vehicle is running on sage and the warning alarm at all.
uneven surface or changing
grades. While driving on a curve, exercise
caution, and, if necessary, depress
the brake pedal.

5 57
Driving your vehicle

OUM054041L OUM054042L OUM054043L


While driving on a curve, the AEB - Driving on a slope - Changing lanes
may recognize the vehicle in front in The AEB performance decreases Even though the vehicle in the next
the next lane. Exercise caution, and, if while driving upward or downward on lane enters into your lane, it may not
necessary, depress the brake pedal. a slope, not recognizing the vehicle be recognized by the AEB, until it
Or, depress the accelerator pedal to in front in the same lane. It may enters the AEB sensing range.
maintain the driving speed. Always, unnecessarily produce the warning Especially when the vehicle in the
take a look around the vehicle for message and the warning alarm, or it next lane abruptly enters into your
your safety. may not produce the warning mes- lane, it is more likely not be recog-
sage and the warning alarm at all. nized. Always be attentive to driving
When the AEB suddenly recognizes conditions.
the vehicle in front while passing
over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal.

5 58
Driving your vehicle

Recognizing pedestrians
- The pedestrian is not fully captured
by the camera sensor, or the
pedestrian does not walk in the
upright position.
- The pedestrian moves very fast.
- The pedestrian abruptly appears in
front.
- The pedestrian wears clothes sim-
ilar in color to the background.
OUM054046L OUM054048L - Conditions outside are too bright or
When a vehicle in front of you - Recognizing the vehicle too dark.
changes lanes suddenly to avoid a When the vehicle in front has heavy - The vehicle drives at night or in the
stopped vehicle up ahead, your AEB loading extended rearward, or when darkness.
may not recognize the stopped vehi- the vehicle in front has higher ground - There is an item similar in shape to
cle ahead. Always be attentive to clearance, the AEB may not recog- a person standing.
driving conditions. nize the nearest hazard - The pedestrian is small.
- The pedestrian is using a mobility
assistance device, such as a
wheelchair or scooter.
- The pedestrian blends in with their
surroundings.
- Sensor recognition is limited by
rain, snow, fog, etc.
- There is a group of pedestrians.

5 59
Driving your vehicle

Pay great caution to the vehicle in


WARNING - Testing the front, when it has heavy loading
AEB extended rearward, or when it has
The AEB does not operate in higher ground clearance.
certain situations. Thus, never The sensor only detects pedestri-
test-operate the AEB against a an, not carts, bicycles, motorcy-
person or an object. It may cles, luggage bags, or strollers.
cause a severe injury or even
death.

WARNING - AEB and


Towing
Cancel the AEB in the User
Settings on the LCD display,
before towing another vehicle.
While towing, the brake applica-
tion may adversely affect your
vehicle safety.

NOTICE
The system may temporarily cancel
due to the strong electric waves.

5 60
Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM


Use the cruise control system only NOTICE
when traveling on open highways in During normal cruise control
good weather. operation, when the SET switch is
Do not use the cruise control when activated or reactivated after
driving in heavy or varying traffic, or applying the brakes, the cruise
on slippery (rainy, icy or snow-cov- control will energize after approx-
ered) or winding roads or over 6% imately 3 seconds. This delay is
up-hill or down-hill roads. normal.
To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
OUMA054021 ON position or starting the engine.
The cruise control system allows you This is to check if the brake switch
to program the vehicle to maintain a which is important part to cancel
constant speed without depressing cruise control is in normal condi-
the accelerator pedal. tion.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 30 km/h (20 WARNING - Misuse of
mph). Cruise Control
If the cruise control is left on, Do not use cruise control if the
(CRUISE indicator light in the instru- traffic situation does not allow
ment cluster illuminated) the cruise you to drive safely at a constant
control can be switched on acciden- speed and with sufficient dis-
tally. Keep the cruise control system tance to the vehicle in front.
off (CRUISE indicator light OFF)
when the cruise control is not in use,
to avoid inadvertently setting a
speed.

5 61
Driving your vehicle

To set cruise control speed: To increase cruise control set


speed:

OUMA054023

OUMA054022 3.Move the lever down (to SET-), and


release it at the desired speed. The OUMA054024
1.Press the CRUISE button on the SET indicator light in the instru-
steering wheel to turn the system ment cluster will illuminate. Follow either of these procedures:
on. The CRUISE indicator light in the Release the accelerator at the Move the lever up (to RES+) and
instrument cluster will illuminate. same time. The desired speed will hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.
2.Accelerate to the desired speed, automatically be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you
which must be more than 30 km/h On a steep grade, the vehicle may want.
(20 mph). slow down or speed up slightly while Move the lever up (to RES+) and
going downhill. release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 2 km/h (1.0
mph) each time the lever is operat-
ed in this manner.

5 62
Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruising To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do


speed: the cruise control on: one of the following:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with the cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.

OUMA054023 OUMA054025

Follow either of these procedures: Depress the brake pedal.


Move the lever down (to SET-) and Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto-
hold it. Your vehicle will gradually matic transaxle.
slow down. Release the lever at the Press the CANCEL switch.
speed you want to maintain.
Decrease the vehicle speed lower
Move the lever down (to SET-) and than the memory speed by 20
release it immediately. The cruising km/h (12 mph).
speed will decrease by 2 km/h (1.0
mph) each time the lever is operat- Decrease the vehicle speed to less
ed in this manner. than approximately 25 km/h (15
mph).

5 63
Driving your vehicle

Each of these actions will cancel To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do
cruise control operation (the SET more than approximately 30 one of the following:
indicator light in the instrument clus- km/h (20 mph):
ter will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, move the
lever up (to RES+). You will return to
your previously preset speed.

OUMA054022
OUMA054024
Press the CRUISE button (the
If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the
CRUISE ON-OFF switch was used instrument cluster will go off).
to cancel cruising speed and the sys- Turn the ignition off.
tem is still activated, the most recent
Both of these actions will cancel the
set speed will automatically resume
cruise control operation. If you want
when you move the lever up.
to resume the cruise control opera-
It will not resume, however, if the tion, repeat the steps provided in To
vehicle speed has dropped below set cruise control speed on the pre-
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). vious page.

5 64
Driving your vehicle

ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (ASCC) (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING - Advanced (Continued)


Smart Cruise Control Do not use the advanced smart
Inadvertent Activation cruise control when it may not
be safe to keep the car at a con-
If the advanced smart cruise stant speed, for instance, driv-
control is left on (CRUISE indi- ing in heavy or varying traffic,
cator in the instrument cluster or on slippery (rainy, icy or
illuminated), it can be activated snow-covered) or winding
inadvertently. Keep the roads or over 6% up-hill or
advanced smart cruise control down-hill roads.
system off (CRUISE indicator
OUM056156 turn off) when the advanced The advanced smart cruise
smart cruise control is not in control system cannot recog-
Cruise indicator nize a stopped vehicle, pedes-
use to avoid setting a speed
Set speed which the driver is not aware of. trians or an oncoming vehicle.
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occur-
The ASCC allows you to program the WARNING - Advanced ring.
vehicle to maintain a set speed so Smart Cruise Control
long as it is not limited by traffic. Use the advanced smart cruise
Limitations control system only when trav-
When traffic is encountered the vehi-
cle will slow down to maintain a set The advanced smart cruise eling on open highways in
distance behind traffic without control is a supplemental sys- good weather conditions.
depressing the accelerator or brake tem and is not a substitute for Limited visibility (rain, snow,
pedal. safe driving practices. It is the smog, etc)
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and Cruise function should not be
distance to the vehicle ahead. used when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent any damage.
(Continued)

5 65
Driving your vehicle

Speed setting (ASCC) To increase cruise control set


To set cruise control speed: speed:

OUMA054201
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
OUMA054200
and release it at the desired OUMA054202
speed. The set speed and vehicle
1.Press the CRUISE button, to turn to vehicle distance on the LDC Follow either of these procedures:
the system on. The CRUISE indi- screen will illuminate. Move the lever up (to RES+), and
cator in the instrument cluster will 4.Release the accelerator pedal. The hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
illuminate. desired speed will automatically be increase by 10 km/h (5 mph).
2. Accelerate to the desired speed. maintained. Release the lever at the speed you
30 km/h (20 mph) ~ 180 km/h If there is a vehicle in front of you, the want.
(110 mph) : when there is no speed may decrease to maintain the Move the lever up (to RES+), and
vehicle in front distance to the vehicle ahead. release it immediately. The cruising
0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 180 km/h (110 On a steep grade, the vehicle may speed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1
mph) : when there is a vehicle in slow down or speed up slightly while mph) each time you move the lever
front going uphill or downhill. up (to RES+) in this manner.
ASCC will operate to a maximum
setting of 180 km/h (110 mph).
However all local speed limit laws
must be followed.
5 66
Driving your vehicle

To decrease the cruise control To temporarily accelerate with the ASCC will be temporarily can-
set speed: cruise control on: celed when:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
If you move the lever down (to SET-)
at increased speed, the cruising
speed will be set again.
OUMA054201 OYP054134N

Follow either of these procedures: NOTICE Cancelled manually


Move the lever down (to SET-), and Be careful when accelerating tem- The brake pedal is depressed.
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will porarily, because the speed is not
Press the CANCEL button.
decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). regulated automatically at this time
Release the lever at the speed you even if there is a vehicle in front of
want. you. The CRUISE indicator is illuminated
Move the lever down (to SET-), and continuously.
release it immediately. The cruising
speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h (1
mph) each time you move the lever
down (to SET-) in this manner.
You can set the cruise control to any
speed above 30 km/h (20 mph).

5 67
Driving your vehicle

Cancelled automatically The engine speed is over 7000


The driver's door is opened. RPM.
The shift lever is shifted to N The ASCC system has malfunc-
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or tioned.
P(Parking). The accelerator pedal is continu-
The EPB (electronic parking brake) ously depressed for more than 5
is applied. minutes.
The vehicle speed is over 190 Each of these actions will cancel
km/h (120 mph) the ASCC operation. (The set
The ESC, ABS or TCS is operating. speed and vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
The ESC is turned off. tance on the LCD display will go OUM054164L
off.) If the system is automatically can-
The AEB is activated.
If the ASCC is cancelled automati- celled, the warning chime will sound
The sensor is obscured by foreign cally, the ASCC will not resume and a message will appear for a few
matter such as mud or snow. even though the RES+ or SET- seconds.
When the vehicle is stopped for lever is moved. Also, the EPB You must adjust the vehicle speed by
over 5 minutes. (electronic parking brake) will be depressing the accelerator or brake
The driver starts driving by pushing applied when the vehicle is pedal according to the road condition
the lever up (RES +) or down stopped. ahead and driving condition.
(SET -) or depressing the acceler- If the ASCC is cancelled by a reason Always check the road conditions.
ator pedal approximately 3 sec- not mentioned, have the system Do not rely on the warning chime.
onds after the vehicle is stopped by checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
the Advanced Smart Cruise
Control System with no other vehi-
cle ahead or a vehicle stopped far
away in front.

5 68
Driving your vehicle

To resume cruise control set To turn cruise control off:


speed: WARNING - Cruise
control reactivation
To reduce the risk of an acci-
dent, always check the road
conditions when reactivating
the advanced smart cruise con-
trol using the RES+ lever to
ensure the road conditions per-
mit safe use of the cruise con-
trol.

OUMA054200
OUMA054202 Press the CRUISE button. (the
If any method other than the CRUISE indicator in the instrument
CRUISE button was used to cancel cluster will go off).
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
move the lever up/down (to RES+ or
SET-).
If you move the lever up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. It will not resume if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).

5 69
Driving your vehicle

Vehicle to vehicle distance The vehicle to vehicle distance will For example, if you drive at 90 km/h
setting (ASCC) automatically activate when the (56 mph), the distance is maintained
ASCC is on. as follows;
To set vehicle to vehicle distance:
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m
vehicle speed. (172 feet)
Distance 3 - approximately 40 m
Each time the button is pressed, the (130 feet)
vehicle to vehicle distance changes Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m
as follows: (106 feet)
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 - approximately 25 m (82
feet)
Distance 1
OUMA054210 NOTICE
The 'Distance 4' is always set when
This function allows you to program the system is used for the first time
the vehicle to maintain relative dis- after starting the engine.
tance to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator pedal or
brake pedal.

5 70
Driving your vehicle

The vehicle will maintain the set


speed, when the lane ahead is
clear.
The vehicle will slow down or
speed up within selected speed to
maintain the selected distance,
when there is a vehicle ahead of
you in the lane. (A vehicle will
appear in front of your vehicle in
the LCD display only when there is
an actual vehicle in front of you)
Distance 4 Distance 3
If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the selected speed.

Distance 2 Distance 1
OYP056137C

5 71
Driving your vehicle

The warning chime sounds and In traffic situation


LCD display blinks if it is hard to
maintain the selected distance to
the vehicle ahead.
If the warning chime sounds,
actively adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
Even if the warning chime is not
activated, always pay attention to
the driving conditions to prevent OUMA057169
dangerous situations from occur- If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: OUM054168L
ring. less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) moves
to the next lane, the warning chime In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
will sound and a message will vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
appear. the vehicle ahead of you starts mov-
ing, your vehicle will start as well.
If a vehicle enters into your lane However, if the vehicle stops for
moving less than the designated more than 3 seconds, you must
speed, you can adjust your vehicle depress the accelerator pedal or
speed by depressing the brake move up/down the lever (to RES+ or
pedal. SET-) to start driving.

5 72
Driving your vehicle

Radar to detect distance to the Radar check message ASCC (Advanced Smart Cruise
vehicle ahead Control) malfunction message

OUMA057226
OUM054054L If the radar or cover is dirty or OUM054187L

The sensor detects distance to the obscured with foreign matter such as The message will appear when the
vehicle ahead. snow, this message will appear. In vehicle to vehicle distance control
this case, the system may not func- system is not functioning normally.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or tion temporarily, but it does not indi-
other foreign matter, the vehicle to Take your vehicle to an authorized
cate a malfunction of the Advanced Kia dealer and have the system
vehicle distance control may not Smart Cruise Control System. Clean
operate correctly. checked.
the radar or cover by using a soft
Always keep the sensor clean. cloth.

5 73
Driving your vehicle

Always keep the sensor and To adjust the sensitivity of Normal:


bumper clean. Advanced Smart Cruise Vehicle speed following the front
Use only a genuine Kia sensor Control vehicle to maintain the set distance
cover for your vehicle. is normal
Do not install accessories around Fast:
the sensor and do not replace the Vehicle speed following the front
bumper by yourself. It may interfere vehicle to maintain the set distance
with the sensor performance. is faster than normal speed.
Impact damage to the sensor or
sensor area may cause the sensor
to move slightly off position and NOTICE
result in the ASCC not operating The system remembers the last
correctly. If this occurs, have your selected mode.
vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer as soon as possible. OUM054157L

The sensitivity of vehicle speed


CAUTION - Sensor when following the front vehicle to
Damage maintain the set distance can be
To prevent sensor cover dam- adjusted. Go to the User Settings
age from occurring, wash the Mode (Driving Assist) and select
car with a soft cloth. SCC (Smart Cruise Control). You
may select one of the three stages
you prefer.
Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.

5 74
Driving your vehicle

To convert to cruise control 1.Turn the ASCC on (the cruise indi- Limitations of the system
mode: cator light will be on but the system
will not be activated).
2.Push the distance to distance
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3.Choose between "Smart cruise
control (SCC) mode" and "Cruise
control (CC) mode".
When using the cruise control mode,
you must manually assess the dis-
tance to other vehicles as the system
will not automatically brake to slow
OUM054167L down for other vehicles. OUM054040L

The ASCC may have limits to its abil-


ity to detect distance to the vehicle
ahead due to road and traffic condi-
tions.

OUM054166L

The driver may choose to only use


the cruise control mode (speed con-
trol function) by doing as follows:

5 75
Driving your vehicle

On curves On inclines
On curves, the ASCC may not
detect a moving vehicle in your
lane, and then your vehicle could
accelerate to the set speed. Also,
the vehicle speed will rapidly slow
down when the vehicle ahead is
recognized suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the OUM054041L
road condition ahead and driving Your vehicle speed can be reduced OUM054042L
condition. due to a vehicle in the adjacent
lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by During uphill or downhill driving,
depressing the brake pedal the ASCC may not detect a moving
according to the road condition vehicle in your lane, and cause
ahead and driving condition. Apply your vehicle to accelerate to the
the accelerator pedal and select set speed. Also, the vehicle speed
the appropriate set speed. Check will rapidly slow down when the
to be sure that the road conditions vehicle ahead is recognized sud-
permit safe operation of the ASCC. denly.
Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.

5 76
Driving your vehicle

Lane changing If a vehicle which moves into your


lane is faster than your vehicle,
your vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.

OUM054044L

OUM054043L Your vehicle may accelerate when


a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot When you are warned that the
be recognized by the sensor until it vehicle ahead of you is not detect-
is in the sensor's detection range. ed, drive with caution.
The sensor may not detect imme-
diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is slower than your vehicle,
your speed may decrease to main-
tain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.

5 77
Driving your vehicle

Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-


nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
trunk
- While making turns by steering
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by OUM054046L
depressing the brake pedal accord- When vehicles are at a standstill
OUM054045L
ing to the road condition ahead and and the vehicle in front of you
Some vehicles ahead in your lane driving condition. changes to the next lane, be care-
cannot be recognized by the sensor ful when your vehicle starts to
as follows: move because it may not recog-
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- nize the stopped vehicle in front of
cles or bicycles you.
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads

5 78
Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Safe Use of


ASCC
The ASCC can provide you with
an additional level of safety and
fatigue reduction. However you
must maintain careful observa-
tion of the roadway in front of
and around you and maintain
control of your vehicle and
spacing around other vehicles
OUM054047L OUM054048L as you normally would. For
Always look out for pedestrians Always be cautious for vehicles example, this will require you to
when your vehicle is maintaining a with higher height or vehicles car- apply the brakes as needed
distance with the vehicle ahead. rying loads that sticks out to the when coming upon a slower
back of the vehicle. moving vehicle, or when a vehi-
cle from another lane cuts in
front of you.

5 79
Driving your vehicle

- After an engine start, please stop This device complies with


WARNING - Inclines & for several seconds. If system ini- Industry Canada licence-exempt
Towing tialization is not completed, the RSS standard(s).
Do not use ASCC on steep ASCC does not normally operate. Operation is subject to the following
inclines or when towing another - After an engine start, if any objects three conditions:
vehicle or trailer since such are not detected or the sensor (1) This device may not cause inter-
extreme loading can interfere cover is obscured with foreign sub- ference, and
with your vehicle's ability to stances, there is a possibility that
the ASCC system may not work. (2) This device must accept any
maintain the selected speed.
interference, including interfer-
- Below conditions may cause mal- ence that may cause undesired
function: over baggage loading in a operation of the device.
trunk, suspension remodeling, tire
replacement with unauthorized (3) Changes or modifications not
tires or tires with different worn-out expressly approved by the party
and pressure levels. responsible for compliance could
void the users authority to oper-
ate the device.

5 80
Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)


DRIVE mode The mode changes whenever the ECO mode (Active ECO)
DRIVE MODE button is pressed. Active ECO helps improve
Type A

NORMAL ECO fuel efficiency by control-


ling certain engine and
transaxle system operat-
SPORT ECO ing parameters. Fuel effi-
ciency depends on the
When normal mode is selected, it driver's driving habit and
is not displayed on the cluster. road condition.
When the DRIVE MODE
button is pressed and
OUMA054036 the ECO mode is select-
Type B ed, the ECO indicator
(green) will illuminate to
show that the Active
ECO is operating.
When the Active ECO is
activated, it does not
turn off even though the
engine is restarted
again. To turn off the
system, press the
OUMA054037
DRIVE MODE button
The drive mode may be selected again.
according to the drivers preference
or road condition.

5 81
Driving your vehicle

When Active ECO is activated: Limitation of Active ECO opera- SPORT mode
The acceleration may slightly be tion: SPORT mode focuses on
reduced even though you depress If the following conditions occur while SPORT dynamic driving by auto-
the accelerator fully. Active ECO is operating, the system matically adjusting the
The air conditioner performance operation is limited even though steering wheel, engine
may be limited there is no change in the ECO indi- and transaxle system.
cator. When the DRIVE MODE
The shift pattern of the automatic
transaxle may change. When the coolant temperature is button is pressed and
low: the SPORT mode is
The engine noise may get louder. selected, the SPORT
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes nor- indicator (yellow) will illu-
The above situations are normal mal. minate.
conditions when the Active Eco When driving up a hill: When the SPORT mode
System is activated to improve fuel is activated, and the
efficiency. The system will be limited to gain engine start/stop button
power when driving uphill because is turned off and on it will
the engine torque is restricted. change to NORMAL
When using manual mode: mode. To turn on the
The system will be limited accord- SPORT mode press
ing to the shift location. DRIVE MODE button
When the accelerator